1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 95-98, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
4 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
5 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
7 This file is part of GNU CC.
9 GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
14 GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
21 the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
22 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
24 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
25 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
26 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
27 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
36 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
38 #include "insn-config.h"
44 #include "dwarf2out.h"
46 #include "dyn-string.h"
48 /* We cannot use <assert.h> in GCC source, since that would include
49 GCC's assert.h, which may not be compatible with the host compiler. */
54 # define assert(e) do { if (! (e)) abort (); } while (0)
57 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
63 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
64 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
67 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
68 || (flag_exceptions && ! exceptions_via_longjmp)
73 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
75 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
76 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
77 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
80 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
81 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
82 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
84 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
85 Information instructions. The register number, offset
86 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
87 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
89 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
91 unsigned long dw_cfi_reg_num;
92 long int dw_cfi_offset;
97 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
99 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
100 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
101 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd1;
102 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd2;
106 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
107 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
108 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This used of a single
109 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
110 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
112 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
115 char *dw_fde_current_label;
117 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
121 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
122 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
124 /* Make sure we know the sizes of the various types dwarf can describe. These
125 are only defaults. If the sizes are different for your target, you should
126 override these values by defining the appropriate symbols in your tm.h
129 #ifndef CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
130 #define CHAR_TYPE_SIZE BITS_PER_UNIT
133 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
136 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
137 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the DWARF-2
138 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same as PTR_SIZE. */
140 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
141 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
144 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
146 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
147 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
148 (((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) & ~((BOUNDARY) - 1))
150 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
151 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
152 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-UNITS_PER_WORD)
154 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT UNITS_PER_WORD
157 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
158 information for each routine. */
159 static dw_fde_ref fde_table;
161 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
162 static unsigned fde_table_allocated;
164 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
165 static unsigned fde_table_in_use;
167 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
169 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
171 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
172 static dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
174 /* The number of the current function definition for which debugging
175 information is being generated. These numbers range from 1 up to the
176 maximum number of function definitions contained within the current
177 compilation unit. These numbers are used to create unique label id's
178 unique to each function definition. */
179 static unsigned current_funcdef_number = 0;
181 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
182 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
183 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
184 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
185 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
187 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
189 static char *stripattributes PROTO((const char *));
190 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name PROTO((unsigned));
191 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi PROTO((void));
192 static void add_cfi PROTO((dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref));
193 static unsigned long size_of_uleb128 PROTO((unsigned long));
194 static unsigned long size_of_sleb128 PROTO((long));
195 static void output_uleb128 PROTO((unsigned long));
196 static void output_sleb128 PROTO((long));
197 static void add_fde_cfi PROTO((char *, dw_cfi_ref));
198 static void lookup_cfa_1 PROTO((dw_cfi_ref, unsigned long *,
200 static void lookup_cfa PROTO((unsigned long *, long *));
201 static void reg_save PROTO((char *, unsigned, unsigned,
203 static void initial_return_save PROTO((rtx));
204 static void output_cfi PROTO((dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref));
205 static void output_call_frame_info PROTO((int));
206 static unsigned reg_number PROTO((rtx));
207 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust PROTO((rtx));
208 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr PROTO((rtx, char *));
210 /* Definitions of defaults for assembler-dependent names of various
211 pseudo-ops and section names.
212 Theses may be overridden in the tm.h file (if necessary) for a particular
215 #ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
216 #ifndef UNALIGNED_SHORT_ASM_OP
217 #define UNALIGNED_SHORT_ASM_OP ".2byte"
219 #ifndef UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP
220 #define UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP ".4byte"
222 #ifndef UNALIGNED_DOUBLE_INT_ASM_OP
223 #define UNALIGNED_DOUBLE_INT_ASM_OP ".8byte"
225 #endif /* OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF */
228 #define ASM_BYTE_OP ".byte"
231 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
232 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
233 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
235 /* Pseudo-op for defining a new section. */
236 #ifndef SECTION_ASM_OP
237 #define SECTION_ASM_OP ".section"
240 /* The default format used by the ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION macro (see below) to
241 print the SECTION_ASM_OP and the section name. The default here works for
242 almost all svr4 assemblers, except for the sparc, where the section name
243 must be enclosed in double quotes. (See sparcv4.h). */
244 #ifndef SECTION_FORMAT
245 #ifdef PUSHSECTION_FORMAT
246 #define SECTION_FORMAT PUSHSECTION_FORMAT
248 #define SECTION_FORMAT "\t%s\t%s\n"
252 #ifndef FRAME_SECTION
253 #define FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
256 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
257 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
259 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
260 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
262 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
263 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
264 #define CIE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLCIE"
265 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSFDE"
266 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
267 #define FDE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLFDE"
269 /* Definitions of defaults for various types of primitive assembly language
270 output operations. These may be overridden from within the tm.h file,
271 but typically, that is unnecessary. */
273 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION
274 #define ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION(FILE, SECTION) \
275 fprintf ((FILE), SECTION_FORMAT, SECTION_ASM_OP, SECTION)
278 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1
279 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1(FILE,VALUE) \
280 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%x", ASM_BYTE_OP, (unsigned) (VALUE))
283 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA1
284 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA1(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
285 do { fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", ASM_BYTE_OP); \
286 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL1); \
287 fprintf (FILE, "-"); \
288 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL2); \
292 #ifdef UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP
294 #ifndef UNALIGNED_OFFSET_ASM_OP
295 #define UNALIGNED_OFFSET_ASM_OP \
296 (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? UNALIGNED_DOUBLE_INT_ASM_OP : UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP)
299 #ifndef UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP
300 #define UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP \
301 (PTR_SIZE == 8 ? UNALIGNED_DOUBLE_INT_ASM_OP : UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP)
304 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2
305 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
306 do { fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", UNALIGNED_SHORT_ASM_OP); \
307 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL1); \
308 fprintf (FILE, "-"); \
309 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL2); \
313 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4
314 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
315 do { fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP); \
316 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL1); \
317 fprintf (FILE, "-"); \
318 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL2); \
322 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA
323 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
324 do { fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", UNALIGNED_OFFSET_ASM_OP); \
325 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL1); \
326 fprintf (FILE, "-"); \
327 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL2); \
331 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA
332 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
333 do { fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP); \
334 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL1); \
335 fprintf (FILE, "-"); \
336 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL2); \
340 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR
341 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR(FILE,LABEL) \
342 do { fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP); \
343 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL); \
347 /* ??? This macro takes an RTX in dwarfout.c and a string in dwarf2out.c.
348 We resolve the conflict by creating a new macro ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF2_ADDR_CONST
349 for ports that want to support both DWARF1 and DWARF2. This needs a better
350 solution. See also the comments in sparc/sp64-elf.h. */
351 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF2_ADDR_CONST
352 #undef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST
353 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST(FILE,ADDR) \
354 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF2_ADDR_CONST (FILE, ADDR)
357 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST
358 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST(FILE,ADDR) \
359 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t%s", UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP, (ADDR))
362 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET4
363 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET4(FILE,LABEL) \
364 do { fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP); \
365 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL); \
369 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET
370 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET(FILE,LABEL) \
371 do { fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t", UNALIGNED_OFFSET_ASM_OP); \
372 assemble_name (FILE, LABEL); \
376 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2
377 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2(FILE,VALUE) \
378 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%x", UNALIGNED_SHORT_ASM_OP, (unsigned) (VALUE))
381 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4
382 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4(FILE,VALUE) \
383 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%x", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP, (unsigned) (VALUE))
386 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA
387 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA(FILE,VALUE) \
388 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%lx", UNALIGNED_OFFSET_ASM_OP, \
389 (unsigned long) (VALUE))
392 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DATA
393 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DATA(FILE,VALUE) \
394 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%lx", UNALIGNED_WORD_ASM_OP, \
395 (unsigned long) (VALUE))
398 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA8
399 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA8(FILE,HIGH_VALUE,LOW_VALUE) \
401 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) \
403 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%lx\n", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP, (HIGH_VALUE));\
404 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%lx", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP, (LOW_VALUE));\
408 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%lx\n", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP, (LOW_VALUE)); \
409 fprintf ((FILE), "\t%s\t0x%lx", UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP, (HIGH_VALUE)); \
414 #else /* UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP */
416 /* We don't have unaligned support, let's hope the normal output works for
419 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR(FILE,LABEL) \
420 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL), PTR_SIZE, 1)
422 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET4(FILE,LABEL) \
423 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (SImode, LABEL), 4, 1)
425 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET(FILE,LABEL) \
426 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (SImode, LABEL), 4, 1)
428 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
429 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_MINUS (HImode, \
430 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL1), \
431 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL2)), \
434 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
435 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_MINUS (SImode, \
436 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL1), \
437 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL2)), \
440 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
441 assemble_integer (gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode, \
442 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL1), \
443 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, LABEL2)), \
446 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA(FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2) \
447 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4 (FILE,LABEL1,LABEL2)
449 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4(FILE,VALUE) \
450 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (VALUE), 4, 1)
452 #endif /* UNALIGNED_INT_ASM_OP */
455 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
456 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL(FILE, SY, HI, LO) \
458 fprintf (FILE, "\t%s\t", SET_ASM_OP); \
459 assemble_name (FILE, SY); \
461 assemble_name (FILE, HI); \
463 assemble_name (FILE, LO); \
466 #endif /* SET_ASM_OP */
468 /* This is similar to the default ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII, except that no trailing
469 newline is produced. When flag_debug_asm is asserted, we add commentary
470 at the end of the line, so we must avoid output of a newline here. */
471 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING
472 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING(FILE,P) \
474 register int slen = strlen(P); \
475 register const char *p = (P); \
477 fprintf (FILE, "\t.ascii \""); \
478 for (i = 0; i < slen; i++) \
480 register int c = p[i]; \
481 if (c == '\"' || c == '\\') \
483 if (c >= ' ' && c < 0177) \
487 fprintf (FILE, "\\%o", c); \
490 fprintf (FILE, "\\0\""); \
495 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
496 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
498 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
500 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
502 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
506 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
507 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
508 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
509 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
512 /* Hook used by __throw. */
515 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
517 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM));
520 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
521 for the current function. */
522 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
523 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
526 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
527 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
533 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
538 while (*s && *s != ',')
545 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
551 register unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
553 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
555 warning ("internal regno botch: regno = %d\n", regno);
559 regno = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
563 struct reg_size_range
570 /* Given a register number in REG_TREE, return an rtx for its size in bytes.
571 We do this in kind of a roundabout way, by building up a list of
572 register size ranges and seeing where our register falls in one of those
573 ranges. We need to do it this way because REG_TREE is not a constant,
574 and the target macros were not designed to make this task easy. */
577 expand_builtin_dwarf_reg_size (reg_tree, target)
581 enum machine_mode mode;
583 struct reg_size_range ranges[5];
590 for (; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; ++i)
592 /* The return address is out of order on the MIPS, and we don't use
593 copy_reg for it anyway, so we don't care here how large it is. */
594 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
597 mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
599 /* CCmode is arbitrarily given a size of 4 bytes. It is more useful
600 to use the same size as word_mode, since that reduces the number
601 of ranges we need. It should not matter, since the result should
602 never be used for a condition code register anyways. */
603 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_CC)
606 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
608 /* If this register is not valid in the specified mode and
609 we have a previous size, use that for the size of this
610 register to avoid making junk tiny ranges. */
611 if (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (i, mode) && last_size != -1)
614 if (size != last_size)
616 ranges[n_ranges].beg = i;
617 ranges[n_ranges].size = last_size = size;
622 ranges[n_ranges-1].end = i;
625 /* The usual case: fp regs surrounded by general regs. */
626 if (n_ranges == 3 && ranges[0].size == ranges[2].size)
628 if ((DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (ranges[1].end)
629 - DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (ranges[1].beg))
630 != ranges[1].end - ranges[1].beg)
632 t = fold (build (GE_EXPR, integer_type_node, reg_tree,
633 build_int_2 (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (ranges[1].beg), 0)));
634 t2 = fold (build (LE_EXPR, integer_type_node, reg_tree,
635 build_int_2 (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (ranges[1].end), 0)));
636 t = fold (build (TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR, integer_type_node, t, t2));
637 t = fold (build (COND_EXPR, integer_type_node, t,
638 build_int_2 (ranges[1].size, 0),
639 build_int_2 (ranges[0].size, 0)));
643 /* Initialize last_end to be larger than any possible
644 DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM. */
645 int last_end = 0x7fffffff;
647 t = build_int_2 (ranges[n_ranges].size, 0);
650 int beg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (ranges[n_ranges].beg);
651 int end = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (ranges[n_ranges].end);
657 if (end - beg != ranges[n_ranges].end - ranges[n_ranges].beg)
659 t2 = fold (build (LE_EXPR, integer_type_node, reg_tree,
660 build_int_2 (end, 0)));
661 t = fold (build (COND_EXPR, integer_type_node, t2,
662 build_int_2 (ranges[n_ranges].size, 0), t));
664 while (--n_ranges >= 0);
666 return expand_expr (t, target, Pmode, 0);
669 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
672 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc)
673 register unsigned cfi_opc;
677 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
678 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
680 return "DW_CFA_offset";
682 return "DW_CFA_restore";
686 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
687 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
688 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
689 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
690 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
691 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
692 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
693 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
694 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
695 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
696 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
697 case DW_CFA_undefined:
698 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
699 case DW_CFA_same_value:
700 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
701 case DW_CFA_register:
702 return "DW_CFA_register";
703 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
704 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
705 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
706 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
708 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
709 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
710 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
711 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
712 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
714 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
715 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
716 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
719 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
720 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
721 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
722 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
725 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
729 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
731 static inline dw_cfi_ref
734 register dw_cfi_ref cfi = (dw_cfi_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
736 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
737 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
738 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
743 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
746 add_cfi (list_head, cfi)
747 register dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
748 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
750 register dw_cfi_ref *p;
752 /* Find the end of the chain. */
753 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
759 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
762 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
764 static char label[20];
765 static unsigned long label_num = 0;
767 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", label_num++);
768 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
773 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
774 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
777 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi)
778 register char *label;
779 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
783 register dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
786 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
788 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
789 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
791 register dw_cfi_ref xcfi;
793 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
795 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
797 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
798 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
799 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
802 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
806 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
809 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
812 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, regp, offsetp)
813 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
814 register unsigned long *regp;
815 register long *offsetp;
817 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
819 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
820 *offsetp = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
822 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
823 *regp = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
826 *regp = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
827 *offsetp = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
834 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
837 lookup_cfa (regp, offsetp)
838 register unsigned long *regp;
839 register long *offsetp;
841 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
843 *regp = (unsigned long) -1;
846 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
847 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, regp, offsetp);
849 if (fde_table_in_use)
851 register dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
852 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
853 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, regp, offsetp);
857 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
858 static unsigned long cfa_reg;
859 static long cfa_offset;
861 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
863 static unsigned cfa_store_reg;
864 static long cfa_store_offset;
866 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
867 static long args_size;
869 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
870 static long old_args_size;
872 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
873 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
874 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
877 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, reg, offset)
878 register char *label;
879 register unsigned reg;
880 register long offset;
882 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
883 unsigned long old_reg;
888 if (cfa_store_reg == reg)
889 cfa_store_offset = offset;
891 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg);
892 lookup_cfa (&old_reg, &old_offset);
894 if (reg == old_reg && offset == old_offset)
901 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
902 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
905 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
906 else if (offset == old_offset && old_reg != (unsigned long) -1)
908 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
909 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
915 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
916 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
917 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
920 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
923 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
924 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
925 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
926 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
929 reg_save (label, reg, sreg, offset)
930 register char * label;
931 register unsigned reg;
932 register unsigned sreg;
933 register long offset;
935 register dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
937 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
939 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
940 the value isn't a register number. */
941 if (sreg == (unsigned int) -1)
944 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
946 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
948 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
950 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
953 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
957 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
958 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
961 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
964 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
965 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
966 from the previous frame's window save area.
968 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
969 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
972 dwarf2out_window_save (label)
973 register char * label;
975 register dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
976 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
977 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
980 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
981 pushed onto the stack. */
984 dwarf2out_args_size (label, size)
988 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
990 if (size == old_args_size)
992 old_args_size = size;
995 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
996 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
997 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1000 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1001 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1004 dwarf2out_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
1005 register char * label;
1006 register unsigned reg;
1007 register long offset;
1009 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), -1, offset);
1012 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1013 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1016 dwarf2out_return_save (label, offset)
1017 register char * label;
1018 register long offset;
1020 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, -1, offset);
1023 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1024 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1027 dwarf2out_return_reg (label, sreg)
1028 register char * label;
1029 register unsigned sreg;
1031 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, sreg, 0);
1034 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1035 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1038 initial_return_save (rtl)
1041 unsigned int reg = (unsigned int) -1;
1044 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1047 /* RA is in a register. */
1048 reg = reg_number (rtl);
1051 /* RA is on the stack. */
1052 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1053 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1056 if (REGNO (rtl) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1061 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1063 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1066 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1068 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1075 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1076 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1077 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1078 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1080 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1086 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa_offset);
1089 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1090 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1091 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1094 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn)
1100 if (! asynchronous_exceptions && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
1102 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1104 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1105 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1106 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1107 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1108 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1109 assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1110 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1114 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1115 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1116 else if (! asynchronous_exceptions
1117 && cfa_reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1120 if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
1122 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1123 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1124 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1125 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1126 offset = -args_size;
1131 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1136 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1137 src = SET_SRC (insn);
1138 dest = SET_DEST (insn);
1140 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1142 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1143 code = GET_CODE (src);
1144 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1145 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1146 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1149 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1151 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
1153 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1154 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1155 code = GET_CODE (src);
1157 if (! (code == PRE_DEC || code == PRE_INC)
1158 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1161 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1166 if (code == PLUS || code == PRE_INC)
1175 if (cfa_reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1176 cfa_offset += offset;
1178 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1181 args_size += offset;
1185 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1186 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, cfa_reg, cfa_offset);
1187 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1190 /* A temporary register used in adjusting SP or setting up the store_reg. */
1191 static unsigned cfa_temp_reg;
1193 /* A temporary value used in adjusting SP or setting up the store_reg. */
1194 static long cfa_temp_value;
1196 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression, which either
1197 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1198 register to the stack. */
1201 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr, label)
1208 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1209 the PARALLEL independantly. The first element is always processed if
1210 it is a SET. This is for backward compatability. Other elements
1211 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1212 flag is set in them. */
1214 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
1217 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1219 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1221 rtx x = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
1223 if (GET_CODE (x) == SET &&
1224 (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (x) || par_index == 0))
1225 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (x, label);
1230 if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
1233 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1234 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1236 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1239 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1240 relative to the current CFA register. */
1241 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1243 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1245 if (cfa_reg != (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1247 if (REGNO (dest) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1248 && !(frame_pointer_needed
1249 && REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM))
1251 cfa_reg = REGNO (dest);
1256 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1259 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1262 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1265 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) != cfa_temp_reg)
1267 offset = cfa_temp_value;
1273 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1275 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1276 if (cfa_reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1278 cfa_reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1280 else if (XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1283 if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS)
1285 if (cfa_reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1286 cfa_offset += offset;
1287 if (cfa_store_reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1288 cfa_store_offset += offset;
1290 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1292 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1293 or adjusting the FP */
1294 if (! frame_pointer_needed
1295 || REGNO (dest) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1298 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
1299 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1301 if (cfa_reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1303 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1304 if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS)
1306 cfa_offset += offset;
1307 cfa_reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1309 else if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
1310 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1312 if (cfa_reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1314 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1315 if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS)
1317 cfa_offset += offset;
1325 if (GET_CODE (src) != PLUS
1326 || XEXP (src, 1) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1328 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1329 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp_reg)
1331 if (cfa_reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1333 cfa_store_reg = REGNO (dest);
1334 cfa_store_offset = cfa_offset - cfa_temp_value;
1339 cfa_temp_reg = REGNO (dest);
1340 cfa_temp_value = INTVAL (src);
1344 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1345 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp_reg
1346 || (unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp_reg
1347 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1349 cfa_temp_value |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1355 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, cfa_reg, cfa_offset);
1359 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1361 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
1363 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1368 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1369 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1372 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1373 || cfa_store_reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1375 cfa_store_offset += offset;
1376 if (cfa_reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1377 cfa_offset = cfa_store_offset;
1379 offset = -cfa_store_offset;
1382 /* With an offset. */
1385 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1386 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1389 if (cfa_store_reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1391 offset -= cfa_store_offset;
1394 /* Without an offset. */
1396 if (cfa_store_reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1398 offset = -cfa_store_offset;
1404 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, cfa_reg, cfa_offset);
1405 dwarf2out_reg_save (label, REGNO (src), offset);
1414 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1415 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1416 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1419 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn)
1425 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1427 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1428 lookup_cfa (&cfa_reg, &cfa_offset);
1429 if (cfa_reg != DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM))
1431 cfa_reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1432 cfa_store_reg = cfa_reg;
1433 cfa_store_offset = cfa_offset;
1439 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1441 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn);
1445 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1447 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1449 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1451 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1453 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1456 /* Return the size of an unsigned LEB128 quantity. */
1458 static inline unsigned long
1459 size_of_uleb128 (value)
1460 register unsigned long value;
1462 register unsigned long size = 0;
1463 register unsigned byte;
1467 byte = (value & 0x7f);
1476 /* Return the size of a signed LEB128 quantity. */
1478 static inline unsigned long
1479 size_of_sleb128 (value)
1480 register long value;
1482 register unsigned long size = 0;
1483 register unsigned byte;
1487 byte = (value & 0x7f);
1491 while (!(((value == 0) && ((byte & 0x40) == 0))
1492 || ((value == -1) && ((byte & 0x40) != 0))));
1497 /* Output an unsigned LEB128 quantity. */
1500 output_uleb128 (value)
1501 register unsigned long value;
1503 unsigned long save_value = value;
1505 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s\t", ASM_BYTE_OP);
1508 register unsigned byte = (value & 0x7f);
1511 /* More bytes to follow. */
1514 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x", byte);
1516 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",");
1521 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s ULEB128 0x%lx", ASM_COMMENT_START, save_value);
1524 /* Output an signed LEB128 quantity. */
1527 output_sleb128 (value)
1528 register long value;
1531 register unsigned byte;
1532 long save_value = value;
1534 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s\t", ASM_BYTE_OP);
1537 byte = (value & 0x7f);
1538 /* arithmetic shift */
1540 more = !((((value == 0) && ((byte & 0x40) == 0))
1541 || ((value == -1) && ((byte & 0x40) != 0))));
1545 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x", byte);
1547 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",");
1552 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s SLEB128 %ld", ASM_COMMENT_START, save_value);
1555 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1558 output_cfi (cfi, fde)
1559 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
1560 register dw_fde_ref fde;
1562 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1564 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
1566 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f));
1568 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1569 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1570 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1573 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1575 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
1577 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f));
1579 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1580 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1582 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1583 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
1584 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1586 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1588 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
1590 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f));
1592 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1593 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1595 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1599 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
1601 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s", ASM_COMMENT_START,
1602 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1604 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1605 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1607 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1608 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr);
1609 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1611 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1612 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA1 (asm_out_file,
1613 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1614 fde->dw_fde_current_label);
1615 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1616 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1618 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1619 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2 (asm_out_file,
1620 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1621 fde->dw_fde_current_label);
1622 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1623 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1625 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1626 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4 (asm_out_file,
1627 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1628 fde->dw_fde_current_label);
1629 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1630 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1632 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
1633 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1634 /* TODO: not currently implemented. */
1638 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1639 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1640 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1641 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1642 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
1643 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1645 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1646 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1647 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1648 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1650 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1651 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1652 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1653 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1655 case DW_CFA_register:
1656 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1657 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1658 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1659 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1661 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1662 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1663 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1665 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1667 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1668 output_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1669 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1677 #if !defined (EH_FRAME_SECTION)
1678 #if defined (EH_FRAME_SECTION_ASM_OP)
1679 #define EH_FRAME_SECTION() eh_frame_section();
1681 #if defined (ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION_NAME)
1682 #define EH_FRAME_SECTION() \
1684 named_section (NULL_TREE, ".eh_frame", 0); \
1690 /* If we aren't using crtstuff to run ctors, don't use it for EH. */
1691 #if !defined (HAS_INIT_SECTION) && !defined (INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP)
1692 #undef EH_FRAME_SECTION
1695 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1696 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1697 location of saved registers. */
1700 output_call_frame_info (for_eh)
1703 register unsigned long i;
1704 register dw_fde_ref fde;
1705 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
1706 char l1[20], l2[20];
1707 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
1711 /* Do we want to include a pointer to the exception table? */
1712 int eh_ptr = for_eh && exception_table_p ();
1714 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1716 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1722 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION
1723 EH_FRAME_SECTION ();
1725 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
1727 force_data_section ();
1728 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
1729 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
1730 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
1732 assemble_label ("__FRAME_BEGIN__");
1735 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, FRAME_SECTION);
1737 /* Output the CIE. */
1738 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
1739 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
1740 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
1741 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ld, CIE_LENGTH_LABEL, for_eh);
1743 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET4 (asm_out_file, ld);
1745 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, ld);
1748 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4 (asm_out_file, l2, l1);
1750 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (asm_out_file, l2, l1);
1753 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Length of Common Information Entry",
1756 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1757 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1760 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1761 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1762 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, 0);
1764 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, DW_CIE_ID);
1767 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE Identifier Tag", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1769 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1770 if (! for_eh && DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
1772 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, DW_CIE_ID);
1773 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1776 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_CIE_VERSION);
1778 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE Version", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1780 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1783 /* The CIE contains a pointer to the exception region info for the
1784 frame. Make the augmentation string three bytes (including the
1785 trailing null) so the pointer is 4-byte aligned. The Solaris ld
1786 can't handle unaligned relocs. */
1789 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING (asm_out_file, "eh");
1790 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE Augmentation", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1794 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, "eh", 3);
1796 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1798 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, "__EXCEPTION_TABLE__");
1800 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s pointer to exception region info",
1805 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
1807 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE Augmentation (none)",
1811 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1814 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (CIE Code Alignment Factor)");
1816 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1817 output_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT);
1819 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (CIE Data Alignment Factor)");
1821 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1822 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
1824 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE RA Column", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1826 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1828 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
1829 output_cfi (cfi, NULL);
1831 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
1832 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
1833 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
1834 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
1835 ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL (asm_out_file, ld, l2, l1);
1837 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s CIE Length Symbol", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1838 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1841 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
1842 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; ++i)
1844 fde = &fde_table[i];
1846 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i*2);
1847 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i*2);
1848 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
1849 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ld, FDE_LENGTH_LABEL, for_eh + i*2);
1851 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET4 (asm_out_file, ld);
1853 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, ld);
1856 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4 (asm_out_file, l2, l1);
1858 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (asm_out_file, l2, l1);
1861 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s FDE Length", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1862 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1863 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1865 /* ??? This always emits a 4 byte offset when for_eh is true, but it
1866 emits a target dependent sized offset when for_eh is not true.
1867 This inconsistency may confuse gdb. The only case where we need a
1868 non-4 byte offset is for the Irix6 N64 ABI, so we may lose SGI
1869 compatibility if we emit a 4 byte offset. We need a 4 byte offset
1870 though in order to be compatible with the dwarf_fde struct in frame.c.
1871 If the for_eh case is changed, then the struct in frame.c has
1872 to be adjusted appropriately. */
1874 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA4 (asm_out_file, l1, "__FRAME_BEGIN__");
1876 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, stripattributes (FRAME_SECTION));
1878 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s FDE CIE offset", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1880 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1881 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, fde->dw_fde_begin);
1883 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s FDE initial location", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1885 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1886 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA (asm_out_file,
1887 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin);
1889 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s FDE address range", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1891 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1893 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
1895 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
1896 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
1897 output_cfi (cfi, fde);
1899 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
1900 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
1901 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
1902 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
1903 ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL (asm_out_file, ld, l2, l1);
1905 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s FDE Length Symbol", ASM_COMMENT_START);
1906 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1909 #ifndef EH_FRAME_SECTION
1912 /* Emit terminating zero for table. */
1913 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, 0);
1914 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
1917 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
1918 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
1919 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
1920 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
1923 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
1928 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
1932 dwarf2out_begin_prologue ()
1934 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
1935 register dw_fde_ref fde;
1937 ++current_funcdef_number;
1939 function_section (current_function_decl);
1940 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
1941 current_funcdef_number);
1942 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
1944 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
1945 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
1947 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
1949 = (dw_fde_ref) xrealloc (fde_table,
1950 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
1953 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
1954 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
1956 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
1957 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
1958 fde->dw_fde_begin = xstrdup (label);
1959 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
1960 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
1961 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
1963 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
1966 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
1967 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
1971 dwarf2out_end_epilogue ()
1974 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
1976 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1978 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL, current_funcdef_number);
1979 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
1980 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
1981 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
1985 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
1987 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
1988 fde_table = (dw_fde_ref) xcalloc (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (dw_fde_node));
1989 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
1990 fde_table_in_use = 0;
1992 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
1993 sake of lookup_cfa. */
1995 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1996 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
1997 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
1998 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2003 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2005 /* Output call frame information. */
2006 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2007 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG)
2008 output_call_frame_info (0);
2009 if (flag_exceptions && ! exceptions_via_longjmp)
2010 output_call_frame_info (1);
2012 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
2013 || (flag_exceptions && ! exceptions_via_longjmp))
2014 output_call_frame_info (1);
2018 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
2020 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
2021 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2023 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
2024 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
2025 throughout the remainder of this file. */
2027 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
2028 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
2029 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
2030 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
2032 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2033 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2034 implementation are listed below. */
2041 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2042 dw_val_class_long_long,
2045 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2046 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2047 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2048 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2053 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
2054 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
2056 typedef long int dw_offset;
2058 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
2060 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2061 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
2062 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2063 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
2064 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
2065 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2066 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
2067 typedef dw_die_ref *arange_ref;
2069 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2071 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
2078 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2080 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
2087 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
2088 line number associated with the label generated for that
2089 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
2090 the line number entry. */
2092 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
2094 unsigned long dw_file_num;
2095 unsigned long dw_line_num;
2099 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
2101 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
2103 unsigned long dw_file_num;
2104 unsigned long dw_line_num;
2105 unsigned long function;
2107 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
2109 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2110 represented internally. */
2112 typedef struct dw_val_struct
2114 dw_val_class val_class;
2118 dw_loc_descr_ref val_loc;
2120 long unsigned val_unsigned;
2121 dw_long_long_const val_long_long;
2122 dw_float_const val_float;
2123 dw_die_ref val_die_ref;
2124 unsigned val_fde_index;
2127 unsigned char val_flag;
2133 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2136 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
2138 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2139 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2140 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2141 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2145 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
2146 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
2147 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
2149 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
2151 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
2152 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
2153 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
2157 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
2159 typedef struct die_struct
2161 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
2162 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
2163 dw_attr_ref die_attr_last;
2164 dw_die_ref die_parent;
2165 dw_die_ref die_child;
2166 dw_die_ref die_child_last;
2168 dw_offset die_offset;
2169 unsigned long die_abbrev;
2173 /* The pubname structure */
2175 typedef struct pubname_struct
2182 /* The limbo die list structure. */
2183 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
2186 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
2190 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
2191 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
2192 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
2195 /* Define a macro which returns non-zero for a TYPE_DECL which was
2196 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
2198 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
2199 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
2200 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
2201 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
2202 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
2203 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
2205 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
2206 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
2207 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
2208 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
2209 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
2210 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
2211 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
2212 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
2213 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
2214 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
2216 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
2217 language, and compiler version. */
2219 extern int flag_traditional;
2220 extern char *version_string;
2222 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
2223 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
2225 /* Fixed size portion of debugging line information prolog. */
2226 #define DWARF_LINE_PROLOG_HEADER_SIZE 5
2228 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
2229 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
2231 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
2232 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
2233 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, PTR_SIZE * 2) - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
2235 /* The default is to have gcc emit the line number tables. */
2236 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
2237 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
2240 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
2241 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
2242 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have
2243 no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated
2244 for each source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address
2245 and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. */
2247 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH
2248 #define DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH 4
2251 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
2252 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
2253 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
2255 /* First special line opcde - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
2256 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
2258 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
2259 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
2261 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
2262 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
2263 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
2264 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
2265 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
2267 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
2268 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
2269 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
2271 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
2272 static dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
2274 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
2275 static limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list = 0;
2277 /* Pointer to an array of filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
2278 static char **file_table;
2280 /* Total number of entries in the table (i.e. array) pointed to by
2281 `file_table'. This is the *total* and includes both used and unused
2283 static unsigned file_table_allocated;
2285 /* Number of entries in the file_table which are actually in use. */
2286 static unsigned file_table_in_use;
2288 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the filename
2290 #define FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
2292 /* Local pointer to the name of the main input file. Initialized in
2294 static char *primary_filename;
2296 /* For Dwarf output, we must assign lexical-blocks id numbers in the order in
2297 which their beginnings are encountered. We output Dwarf debugging info
2298 that refers to the beginnings and ends of the ranges of code for each
2299 lexical block. The labels themselves are generated in final.c, which
2300 assigns numbers to the blocks in the same way. */
2301 static unsigned next_block_number = 2;
2303 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
2304 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
2305 number identifying each decl. */
2306 static dw_die_ref *decl_die_table;
2308 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
2309 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated;
2311 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
2312 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use;
2314 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
2316 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
2318 /* Structure used for the decl_scope table. scope is the current declaration
2319 scope, and previous is the entry that is the parent of this scope. This
2320 is usually but not always the immediately preceeding entry. */
2322 typedef struct decl_scope_struct
2329 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
2330 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
2331 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
2332 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
2333 define type declaration DIE's. */
2334 static decl_scope_node *decl_scope_table;
2336 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_scope_table. */
2337 static int decl_scope_table_allocated;
2339 /* Current level of nesting of declaration scopes. */
2340 static int decl_scope_depth;
2342 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
2343 decl_scope_table. */
2344 #define DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
2346 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
2347 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
2348 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
2349 static dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
2351 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
2352 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
2354 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
2355 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
2357 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
2358 abbrev_die_table. */
2359 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
2361 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
2362 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
2363 static dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
2365 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
2366 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
2368 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
2369 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
2371 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
2372 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
2373 static dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
2375 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
2376 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
2378 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
2379 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
2381 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
2383 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
2385 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
2386 accessible names. */
2387 static pubname_ref pubname_table;
2389 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
2390 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
2392 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
2393 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
2395 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
2397 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
2399 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
2400 accessible names. */
2401 static arange_ref arange_table;
2403 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
2404 static unsigned arange_table_allocated;
2406 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
2407 static unsigned arange_table_in_use;
2409 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
2411 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
2413 /* A pointer to the base of a list of pending types which we haven't
2414 generated DIEs for yet, but which we will have to come back to
2417 static tree *pending_types_list;
2419 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the pending_types_list. */
2420 static unsigned pending_types_allocated;
2422 /* Number of elements of pending_types_list currently in use. */
2423 static unsigned pending_types;
2425 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the pending
2426 types list. Actually, a single hunk of space of this size should
2427 be enough for most typical programs. */
2428 #define PENDING_TYPES_INCREMENT 64
2430 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
2431 completed at some later time. */
2433 static tree *incomplete_types_list;
2435 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the incomplete_types_list. */
2436 static unsigned incomplete_types_allocated;
2438 /* Number of elements of incomplete_types_list currently in use. */
2439 static unsigned incomplete_types;
2441 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the incomplete
2442 types list. Actually, a single hunk of space of this size should
2443 be enough for most typical programs. */
2444 #define INCOMPLETE_TYPES_INCREMENT 64
2446 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
2447 static int current_function_has_inlines;
2448 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
2449 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
2452 /* A pointer to the ..._DECL node which we have most recently been working
2453 on. We keep this around just in case something about it looks screwy and
2454 we want to tell the user what the source coordinates for the actual
2456 static tree dwarf_last_decl;
2458 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
2460 static void addr_const_to_string PROTO((dyn_string_t, rtx));
2461 static char *addr_to_string PROTO((rtx));
2462 static int is_pseudo_reg PROTO((rtx));
2463 static tree type_main_variant PROTO((tree));
2464 static int is_tagged_type PROTO((tree));
2465 static const char *dwarf_tag_name PROTO((unsigned));
2466 static const char *dwarf_attr_name PROTO((unsigned));
2467 static const char *dwarf_form_name PROTO((unsigned));
2468 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name PROTO((unsigned));
2470 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name PROTO((unsigned));
2472 static tree decl_ultimate_origin PROTO((tree));
2473 static tree block_ultimate_origin PROTO((tree));
2474 static tree decl_class_context PROTO((tree));
2475 static void add_dwarf_attr PROTO((dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref));
2476 static void add_AT_flag PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2477 enum dwarf_attribute,
2479 static void add_AT_int PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2480 enum dwarf_attribute, long));
2481 static void add_AT_unsigned PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2482 enum dwarf_attribute,
2484 static void add_AT_long_long PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2485 enum dwarf_attribute,
2486 unsigned long, unsigned long));
2487 static void add_AT_float PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2488 enum dwarf_attribute,
2490 static void add_AT_string PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2491 enum dwarf_attribute,
2493 static void add_AT_die_ref PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2494 enum dwarf_attribute,
2496 static void add_AT_fde_ref PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2497 enum dwarf_attribute,
2499 static void add_AT_loc PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2500 enum dwarf_attribute,
2502 static void add_AT_addr PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2503 enum dwarf_attribute, char *));
2504 static void add_AT_lbl_id PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2505 enum dwarf_attribute, char *));
2506 static void add_AT_lbl_offset PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2507 enum dwarf_attribute, char *));
2508 static int is_extern_subr_die PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2509 static dw_attr_ref get_AT PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2510 enum dwarf_attribute));
2511 static char *get_AT_low_pc PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2512 static char *get_AT_hi_pc PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2513 static char *get_AT_string PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2514 enum dwarf_attribute));
2515 static int get_AT_flag PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2516 enum dwarf_attribute));
2517 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2518 enum dwarf_attribute));
2519 static int is_c_family PROTO((void));
2520 static int is_fortran PROTO((void));
2521 static void remove_AT PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2522 enum dwarf_attribute));
2523 static void remove_children PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2524 static void add_child_die PROTO((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
2525 static dw_die_ref new_die PROTO((enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref));
2526 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die PROTO((tree));
2527 static void equate_type_number_to_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2528 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die PROTO((tree));
2529 static void equate_decl_number_to_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2530 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr PROTO((enum dwarf_location_atom,
2531 unsigned long, unsigned long));
2532 static void add_loc_descr PROTO((dw_loc_descr_ref *,
2534 static void print_spaces PROTO((FILE *));
2535 static void print_die PROTO((dw_die_ref, FILE *));
2536 static void print_dwarf_line_table PROTO((FILE *));
2537 static void add_sibling_attributes PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2538 static void build_abbrev_table PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2539 static unsigned long size_of_string PROTO((char *));
2540 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr PROTO((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2541 static unsigned long size_of_locs PROTO((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2542 static int constant_size PROTO((long unsigned));
2543 static unsigned long size_of_die PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2544 static void calc_die_sizes PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2545 static unsigned long size_of_line_prolog PROTO((void));
2546 static unsigned long size_of_line_info PROTO((void));
2547 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames PROTO((void));
2548 static unsigned long size_of_aranges PROTO((void));
2549 static enum dwarf_form value_format PROTO((dw_val_ref));
2550 static void output_value_format PROTO((dw_val_ref));
2551 static void output_abbrev_section PROTO((void));
2552 static void output_loc_operands PROTO((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2553 static unsigned long sibling_offset PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2554 static void output_die PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2555 static void output_compilation_unit_header PROTO((void));
2556 static const char *dwarf2_name PROTO((tree, int));
2557 static void add_pubname PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2558 static void output_pubnames PROTO((void));
2559 static void add_arange PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2560 static void output_aranges PROTO((void));
2561 static void output_line_info PROTO((void));
2562 static int is_body_block PROTO((tree));
2563 static dw_die_ref base_type_die PROTO((tree));
2564 static tree root_type PROTO((tree));
2565 static int is_base_type PROTO((tree));
2566 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die PROTO((tree, int, int, dw_die_ref));
2567 static int type_is_enum PROTO((tree));
2568 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor PROTO((rtx));
2569 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr PROTO((unsigned, long));
2570 static int is_based_loc PROTO((rtx));
2571 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor PROTO((rtx, enum machine_mode mode));
2572 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor PROTO((rtx, rtx));
2573 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor PROTO((rtx));
2574 static unsigned ceiling PROTO((unsigned, unsigned));
2575 static tree field_type PROTO((tree));
2576 static unsigned simple_type_align_in_bits PROTO((tree));
2577 static unsigned simple_type_size_in_bits PROTO((tree));
2578 static unsigned field_byte_offset PROTO((tree));
2579 static void add_AT_location_description PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2580 enum dwarf_attribute, rtx));
2581 static void add_data_member_location_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2582 static void add_const_value_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, rtx));
2583 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2584 static void add_name_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, const char *));
2585 static void add_bound_info PROTO((dw_die_ref,
2586 enum dwarf_attribute, tree));
2587 static void add_subscript_info PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2588 static void add_byte_size_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2589 static void add_bit_offset_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2590 static void add_bit_size_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2591 static void add_prototyped_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2592 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2593 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2594 static void add_src_coords_attributes PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2595 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree));
2596 static void push_decl_scope PROTO((tree));
2597 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2598 static void pop_decl_scope PROTO((void));
2599 static void add_type_attribute PROTO((dw_die_ref, tree, int, int,
2601 static char *type_tag PROTO((tree));
2602 static tree member_declared_type PROTO((tree));
2604 static char *decl_start_label PROTO((tree));
2606 static void gen_array_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2607 static void gen_set_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2609 static void gen_entry_point_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2611 static void pend_type PROTO((tree));
2612 static void output_pending_types_for_scope PROTO((dw_die_ref));
2613 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2614 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2615 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2616 static void gen_enumeration_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2617 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2618 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2619 static void gen_formal_types_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2620 static void gen_subprogram_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2621 static void gen_variable_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2622 static void gen_label_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2623 static void gen_lexical_block_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
2624 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
2625 static void gen_field_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2626 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2627 static void gen_compile_unit_die PROTO((char *));
2628 static void gen_string_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2629 static void gen_inheritance_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2630 static void gen_member_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2631 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2632 static void gen_subroutine_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2633 static void gen_typedef_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2634 static void gen_type_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2635 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2636 static void gen_block_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
2637 static void decls_for_scope PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
2638 static int is_redundant_typedef PROTO((tree));
2639 static void gen_decl_die PROTO((tree, dw_die_ref));
2640 static unsigned lookup_filename PROTO((const char *));
2641 static void add_incomplete_type PROTO((tree));
2642 static void retry_incomplete_types PROTO((void));
2644 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
2645 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
2646 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
2648 #ifndef ABBREV_SECTION
2649 #define ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
2651 #ifndef ARANGES_SECTION
2652 #define ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
2654 #ifndef DW_MACINFO_SECTION
2655 #define DW_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
2657 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
2658 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
2661 #define LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
2663 #ifndef PUBNAMES_SECTION
2664 #define PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
2667 #define STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
2670 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
2671 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION
2672 #define TEXT_SECTION ".text"
2674 #ifndef DATA_SECTION
2675 #define DATA_SECTION ".data"
2678 #define BSS_SECTION ".bss"
2681 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
2682 the section names themselves. */
2684 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
2685 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
2687 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
2688 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
2690 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
2691 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
2693 #ifndef ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
2694 #define ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
2698 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
2699 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
2700 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
2701 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
2702 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
2704 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2705 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2706 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2707 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2708 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2710 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
2711 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
2713 #ifndef DATA_END_LABEL
2714 #define DATA_END_LABEL "Ledata"
2716 #ifndef BSS_END_LABEL
2717 #define BSS_END_LABEL "Lebss"
2719 #ifndef INSN_LABEL_FMT
2720 #define INSN_LABEL_FMT "LI%u_"
2722 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
2723 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
2725 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
2726 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
2728 #ifndef BODY_BEGIN_LABEL
2729 #define BODY_BEGIN_LABEL "Lbb"
2731 #ifndef BODY_END_LABEL
2732 #define BODY_END_LABEL "Lbe"
2734 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
2735 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
2737 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
2738 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
2741 /* Convert a reference to the assembler name of a C-level name. This
2742 macro has the same effect as ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, but copies to
2743 a string rather than writing to a file. */
2744 #ifndef ASM_NAME_TO_STRING
2745 #define ASM_NAME_TO_STRING(STR, NAME) \
2747 if ((NAME)[0] == '*') \
2748 dyn_string_append (STR, NAME + 1); \
2751 const char *newstr; \
2752 STRIP_NAME_ENCODING (newstr, NAME); \
2753 dyn_string_append (STR, user_label_prefix); \
2754 dyn_string_append (STR, newstr); \
2760 /* Convert an integer constant expression into assembler syntax. Addition
2761 and subtraction are the only arithmetic that may appear in these
2762 expressions. This is an adaptation of output_addr_const in final.c.
2763 Here, the target of the conversion is a string buffer. We can't use
2764 output_addr_const directly, because it writes to a file. */
2767 addr_const_to_string (str, x)
2774 switch (GET_CODE (x))
2778 dyn_string_append (str, ",");
2784 ASM_NAME_TO_STRING (str, XSTR (x, 0));
2788 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf1, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (x, 0)));
2789 ASM_NAME_TO_STRING (str, buf1);
2793 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf1, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (x));
2794 ASM_NAME_TO_STRING (str, buf1);
2798 sprintf (buf1, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (x));
2799 dyn_string_append (str, buf1);
2803 /* This used to output parentheses around the expression, but that does
2804 not work on the 386 (either ATT or BSD assembler). */
2805 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 0));
2809 if (GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode)
2811 /* We can use %d if the number is one word and positive. */
2812 if (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x))
2813 sprintf (buf1, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DOUBLE_HEX,
2814 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x));
2815 else if (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) < 0)
2816 sprintf (buf1, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX, CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x));
2818 sprintf (buf1, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
2819 CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x));
2820 dyn_string_append (str, buf1);
2823 /* We can't handle floating point constants; PRINT_OPERAND must
2825 output_operand_lossage ("floating constant misused");
2829 /* Some assemblers need integer constants to appear last (eg masm). */
2830 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == CONST_INT)
2832 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 1));
2833 if (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 0)) >= 0)
2834 dyn_string_append (str, "+");
2836 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 0));
2840 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 0));
2841 if (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= 0)
2842 dyn_string_append (str, "+");
2844 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 1));
2849 /* Avoid outputting things like x-x or x+5-x, since some assemblers
2850 can't handle that. */
2851 x = simplify_subtraction (x);
2852 if (GET_CODE (x) != MINUS)
2855 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 0));
2856 dyn_string_append (str, "-");
2857 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
2858 && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < 0)
2860 dyn_string_append (str, ASM_OPEN_PAREN);
2861 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 1));
2862 dyn_string_append (str, ASM_CLOSE_PAREN);
2865 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 1));
2870 addr_const_to_string (str, XEXP (x, 0));
2874 output_operand_lossage ("invalid expression as operand");
2878 /* Convert an address constant to a string, and return a pointer to
2879 a copy of the result, located on the heap. */
2885 dyn_string_t ds = dyn_string_new (256);
2888 addr_const_to_string (ds, x);
2890 /* Return the dynamically allocated string, but free the
2891 dyn_string_t itself. */
2897 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
2903 return (((GET_CODE (rtl) == REG) && (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
2904 || ((GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG)
2905 && (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)));
2908 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
2912 type_main_variant (type)
2915 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
2917 /* There really should be only one main variant among any group of variants
2918 of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all members of
2919 the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C front-end
2920 messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug here. */
2922 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
2923 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
2924 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
2929 /* Return non-zero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
2932 is_tagged_type (type)
2935 register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
2937 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
2938 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
2941 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
2944 dwarf_tag_name (tag)
2945 register unsigned tag;
2949 case DW_TAG_padding:
2950 return "DW_TAG_padding";
2951 case DW_TAG_array_type:
2952 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
2953 case DW_TAG_class_type:
2954 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
2955 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
2956 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
2957 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
2958 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
2959 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
2960 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
2961 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
2962 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
2964 return "DW_TAG_label";
2965 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
2966 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
2968 return "DW_TAG_member";
2969 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
2970 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
2971 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
2972 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
2973 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
2974 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
2975 case DW_TAG_string_type:
2976 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
2977 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
2978 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
2979 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
2980 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
2981 case DW_TAG_typedef:
2982 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
2983 case DW_TAG_union_type:
2984 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
2985 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
2986 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
2987 case DW_TAG_variant:
2988 return "DW_TAG_variant";
2989 case DW_TAG_common_block:
2990 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
2991 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
2992 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
2993 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
2994 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
2995 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
2996 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
2998 return "DW_TAG_module";
2999 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
3000 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
3001 case DW_TAG_set_type:
3002 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
3003 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
3004 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
3005 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
3006 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
3007 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
3008 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
3009 case DW_TAG_base_type:
3010 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
3011 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
3012 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
3013 case DW_TAG_const_type:
3014 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
3015 case DW_TAG_constant:
3016 return "DW_TAG_constant";
3017 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
3018 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
3019 case DW_TAG_file_type:
3020 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
3022 return "DW_TAG_friend";
3023 case DW_TAG_namelist:
3024 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
3025 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
3026 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
3027 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
3028 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
3029 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
3030 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
3031 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
3032 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
3033 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
3034 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
3035 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
3036 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
3037 case DW_TAG_try_block:
3038 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
3039 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
3040 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
3041 case DW_TAG_variable:
3042 return "DW_TAG_variable";
3043 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
3044 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
3045 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
3046 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
3047 case DW_TAG_format_label:
3048 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
3049 case DW_TAG_function_template:
3050 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
3051 case DW_TAG_class_template:
3052 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
3054 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
3058 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
3061 dwarf_attr_name (attr)
3062 register unsigned attr;
3067 return "DW_AT_sibling";
3068 case DW_AT_location:
3069 return "DW_AT_location";
3071 return "DW_AT_name";
3072 case DW_AT_ordering:
3073 return "DW_AT_ordering";
3074 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
3075 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
3076 case DW_AT_byte_size:
3077 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
3078 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
3079 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
3080 case DW_AT_bit_size:
3081 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
3082 case DW_AT_element_list:
3083 return "DW_AT_element_list";
3084 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
3085 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
3087 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
3089 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
3090 case DW_AT_language:
3091 return "DW_AT_language";
3093 return "DW_AT_member";
3095 return "DW_AT_discr";
3096 case DW_AT_discr_value:
3097 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
3098 case DW_AT_visibility:
3099 return "DW_AT_visibility";
3101 return "DW_AT_import";
3102 case DW_AT_string_length:
3103 return "DW_AT_string_length";
3104 case DW_AT_common_reference:
3105 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
3106 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
3107 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
3108 case DW_AT_const_value:
3109 return "DW_AT_const_value";
3110 case DW_AT_containing_type:
3111 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
3112 case DW_AT_default_value:
3113 return "DW_AT_default_value";
3115 return "DW_AT_inline";
3116 case DW_AT_is_optional:
3117 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
3118 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
3119 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
3120 case DW_AT_producer:
3121 return "DW_AT_producer";
3122 case DW_AT_prototyped:
3123 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
3124 case DW_AT_return_addr:
3125 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
3126 case DW_AT_start_scope:
3127 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
3128 case DW_AT_stride_size:
3129 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
3130 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
3131 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
3132 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
3133 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
3134 case DW_AT_accessibility:
3135 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
3136 case DW_AT_address_class:
3137 return "DW_AT_address_class";
3138 case DW_AT_artificial:
3139 return "DW_AT_artificial";
3140 case DW_AT_base_types:
3141 return "DW_AT_base_types";
3142 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
3143 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
3145 return "DW_AT_count";
3146 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
3147 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
3148 case DW_AT_decl_column:
3149 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
3150 case DW_AT_decl_file:
3151 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
3152 case DW_AT_decl_line:
3153 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
3154 case DW_AT_declaration:
3155 return "DW_AT_declaration";
3156 case DW_AT_discr_list:
3157 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
3158 case DW_AT_encoding:
3159 return "DW_AT_encoding";
3160 case DW_AT_external:
3161 return "DW_AT_external";
3162 case DW_AT_frame_base:
3163 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
3165 return "DW_AT_friend";
3166 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
3167 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
3168 case DW_AT_macro_info:
3169 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
3170 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
3171 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
3172 case DW_AT_priority:
3173 return "DW_AT_priority";
3175 return "DW_AT_segment";
3176 case DW_AT_specification:
3177 return "DW_AT_specification";
3178 case DW_AT_static_link:
3179 return "DW_AT_static_link";
3181 return "DW_AT_type";
3182 case DW_AT_use_location:
3183 return "DW_AT_use_location";
3184 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
3185 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
3186 case DW_AT_virtuality:
3187 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
3188 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
3189 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
3191 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
3192 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
3193 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
3194 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
3195 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
3196 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
3197 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
3198 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
3199 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
3200 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
3201 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
3202 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
3203 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
3204 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
3205 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
3206 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
3207 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
3208 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
3209 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
3210 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
3211 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
3212 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
3214 case DW_AT_sf_names:
3215 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
3216 case DW_AT_src_info:
3217 return "DW_AT_src_info";
3218 case DW_AT_mac_info:
3219 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
3220 case DW_AT_src_coords:
3221 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
3222 case DW_AT_body_begin:
3223 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
3224 case DW_AT_body_end:
3225 return "DW_AT_body_end";
3227 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
3231 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
3234 dwarf_form_name (form)
3235 register unsigned form;
3240 return "DW_FORM_addr";
3241 case DW_FORM_block2:
3242 return "DW_FORM_block2";
3243 case DW_FORM_block4:
3244 return "DW_FORM_block4";
3246 return "DW_FORM_data2";
3248 return "DW_FORM_data4";
3250 return "DW_FORM_data8";
3251 case DW_FORM_string:
3252 return "DW_FORM_string";
3254 return "DW_FORM_block";
3255 case DW_FORM_block1:
3256 return "DW_FORM_block1";
3258 return "DW_FORM_data1";
3260 return "DW_FORM_flag";
3262 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
3264 return "DW_FORM_strp";
3266 return "DW_FORM_udata";
3267 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
3268 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
3270 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
3272 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
3274 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
3276 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
3277 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
3278 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
3279 case DW_FORM_indirect:
3280 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
3282 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
3286 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
3289 dwarf_stack_op_name (op)
3290 register unsigned op;
3295 return "DW_OP_addr";
3297 return "DW_OP_deref";
3299 return "DW_OP_const1u";
3301 return "DW_OP_const1s";
3303 return "DW_OP_const2u";
3305 return "DW_OP_const2s";
3307 return "DW_OP_const4u";
3309 return "DW_OP_const4s";
3311 return "DW_OP_const8u";
3313 return "DW_OP_const8s";
3315 return "DW_OP_constu";
3317 return "DW_OP_consts";
3321 return "DW_OP_drop";
3323 return "DW_OP_over";
3325 return "DW_OP_pick";
3327 return "DW_OP_swap";
3331 return "DW_OP_xderef";
3339 return "DW_OP_minus";
3351 return "DW_OP_plus";
3352 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3353 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
3359 return "DW_OP_shra";
3377 return "DW_OP_skip";
3379 return "DW_OP_lit0";
3381 return "DW_OP_lit1";
3383 return "DW_OP_lit2";
3385 return "DW_OP_lit3";
3387 return "DW_OP_lit4";
3389 return "DW_OP_lit5";
3391 return "DW_OP_lit6";
3393 return "DW_OP_lit7";
3395 return "DW_OP_lit8";
3397 return "DW_OP_lit9";
3399 return "DW_OP_lit10";
3401 return "DW_OP_lit11";
3403 return "DW_OP_lit12";
3405 return "DW_OP_lit13";
3407 return "DW_OP_lit14";
3409 return "DW_OP_lit15";
3411 return "DW_OP_lit16";
3413 return "DW_OP_lit17";
3415 return "DW_OP_lit18";
3417 return "DW_OP_lit19";
3419 return "DW_OP_lit20";
3421 return "DW_OP_lit21";
3423 return "DW_OP_lit22";
3425 return "DW_OP_lit23";
3427 return "DW_OP_lit24";
3429 return "DW_OP_lit25";
3431 return "DW_OP_lit26";
3433 return "DW_OP_lit27";
3435 return "DW_OP_lit28";
3437 return "DW_OP_lit29";
3439 return "DW_OP_lit30";
3441 return "DW_OP_lit31";
3443 return "DW_OP_reg0";
3445 return "DW_OP_reg1";
3447 return "DW_OP_reg2";
3449 return "DW_OP_reg3";
3451 return "DW_OP_reg4";
3453 return "DW_OP_reg5";
3455 return "DW_OP_reg6";
3457 return "DW_OP_reg7";
3459 return "DW_OP_reg8";
3461 return "DW_OP_reg9";
3463 return "DW_OP_reg10";
3465 return "DW_OP_reg11";
3467 return "DW_OP_reg12";
3469 return "DW_OP_reg13";
3471 return "DW_OP_reg14";
3473 return "DW_OP_reg15";
3475 return "DW_OP_reg16";
3477 return "DW_OP_reg17";
3479 return "DW_OP_reg18";
3481 return "DW_OP_reg19";
3483 return "DW_OP_reg20";
3485 return "DW_OP_reg21";
3487 return "DW_OP_reg22";
3489 return "DW_OP_reg23";
3491 return "DW_OP_reg24";
3493 return "DW_OP_reg25";
3495 return "DW_OP_reg26";
3497 return "DW_OP_reg27";
3499 return "DW_OP_reg28";
3501 return "DW_OP_reg29";
3503 return "DW_OP_reg30";
3505 return "DW_OP_reg31";
3507 return "DW_OP_breg0";
3509 return "DW_OP_breg1";
3511 return "DW_OP_breg2";
3513 return "DW_OP_breg3";
3515 return "DW_OP_breg4";
3517 return "DW_OP_breg5";
3519 return "DW_OP_breg6";
3521 return "DW_OP_breg7";
3523 return "DW_OP_breg8";
3525 return "DW_OP_breg9";
3527 return "DW_OP_breg10";
3529 return "DW_OP_breg11";
3531 return "DW_OP_breg12";
3533 return "DW_OP_breg13";
3535 return "DW_OP_breg14";
3537 return "DW_OP_breg15";
3539 return "DW_OP_breg16";
3541 return "DW_OP_breg17";
3543 return "DW_OP_breg18";
3545 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3547 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3549 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3551 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3553 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3555 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3557 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3559 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3561 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3563 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3565 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3567 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3569 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3571 return "DW_OP_regx";
3573 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3575 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3577 return "DW_OP_piece";
3578 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3579 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3580 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3581 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3585 return "OP_<unknown>";
3589 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
3593 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc)
3594 register unsigned enc;
3598 case DW_ATE_address:
3599 return "DW_ATE_address";
3600 case DW_ATE_boolean:
3601 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
3602 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
3603 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
3605 return "DW_ATE_float";
3607 return "DW_ATE_signed";
3608 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
3609 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
3610 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
3611 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
3612 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
3613 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
3615 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
3620 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
3621 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
3622 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
3623 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
3627 decl_ultimate_origin (decl)
3630 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
3631 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)))
3632 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
3633 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
3637 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
3640 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
3641 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
3642 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
3643 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
3647 block_ultimate_origin (block)
3648 register tree block;
3650 register tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
3652 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
3656 register tree ret_val;
3657 register tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
3661 ret_val = lookahead;
3662 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK)
3663 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val)
3666 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
3672 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
3673 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
3677 decl_class_context (decl)
3680 tree context = NULL_TREE;
3682 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
3683 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
3685 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
3686 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
3688 if (context && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (context)) != 't')
3689 context = NULL_TREE;
3694 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE */
3697 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr)
3698 register dw_die_ref die;
3699 register dw_attr_ref attr;
3701 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
3703 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
3705 die->die_attr = attr;
3706 die->die_attr_last = attr;
3710 die->die_attr_last->dw_attr_next = attr;
3711 die->die_attr_last = attr;
3716 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
3719 add_AT_flag (die, attr_kind, flag)
3720 register dw_die_ref die;
3721 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3722 register unsigned flag;
3724 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3726 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3727 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3728 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
3729 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
3730 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3733 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
3736 add_AT_int (die, attr_kind, int_val)
3737 register dw_die_ref die;
3738 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3739 register long int int_val;
3741 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3743 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3744 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3745 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3746 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
3747 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3750 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
3753 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind, unsigned_val)
3754 register dw_die_ref die;
3755 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3756 register unsigned long unsigned_val;
3758 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3760 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3761 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3762 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3763 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
3764 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3767 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
3770 add_AT_long_long (die, attr_kind, val_hi, val_low)
3771 register dw_die_ref die;
3772 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3773 register unsigned long val_hi;
3774 register unsigned long val_low;
3776 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3778 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3779 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3780 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
3781 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
3782 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
3783 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3786 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
3789 add_AT_float (die, attr_kind, length, array)
3790 register dw_die_ref die;
3791 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3792 register unsigned length;
3793 register long *array;
3795 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3797 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3798 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3799 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_float;
3800 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length = length;
3801 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array = array;
3802 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3805 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
3808 add_AT_string (die, attr_kind, str)
3809 register dw_die_ref die;
3810 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3811 register const char *str;
3813 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3815 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3816 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3817 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
3818 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = xstrdup (str);
3819 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3822 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
3825 add_AT_die_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_die)
3826 register dw_die_ref die;
3827 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3828 register dw_die_ref targ_die;
3830 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3832 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3833 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3834 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
3835 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref = targ_die;
3836 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3839 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
3842 add_AT_fde_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_fde)
3843 register dw_die_ref die;
3844 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3845 register unsigned targ_fde;
3847 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3849 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3850 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3851 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
3852 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
3853 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3856 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
3859 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc)
3860 register dw_die_ref die;
3861 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3862 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3864 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3866 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3867 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3868 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
3869 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
3870 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3873 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
3876 add_AT_addr (die, attr_kind, addr)
3877 register dw_die_ref die;
3878 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3881 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3883 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3884 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3885 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
3886 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
3887 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3890 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
3893 add_AT_lbl_id (die, attr_kind, lbl_id)
3894 register dw_die_ref die;
3895 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3896 register char *lbl_id;
3898 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3900 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3901 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3902 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
3903 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
3904 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3907 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
3910 add_AT_lbl_offset (die, attr_kind, label)
3911 register dw_die_ref die;
3912 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3913 register char *label;
3915 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
3917 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
3918 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
3919 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
3920 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = label;
3921 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
3925 /* Test if die refers to an external subroutine. */
3928 is_extern_subr_die (die)
3929 register dw_die_ref die;
3931 register dw_attr_ref a;
3932 register int is_subr = FALSE;
3933 register int is_extern = FALSE;
3935 if (die != NULL && die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
3938 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
3940 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_external
3941 && a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_flag
3942 && a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag != 0)
3950 return is_subr && is_extern;
3953 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
3955 static inline dw_attr_ref
3956 get_AT (die, attr_kind)
3957 register dw_die_ref die;
3958 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
3960 register dw_attr_ref a;
3961 register dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
3965 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
3967 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
3970 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
3971 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
3972 spec = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref;
3976 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
3982 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with
3983 a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is
3984 either not prsent, or if it cannot be represented as an
3985 assembler label identifier. */
3987 static inline char *
3989 register dw_die_ref die;
3991 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
3993 if (a && a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_lbl_id)
3994 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
3999 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with
4000 a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is
4001 either not prsent, or if it cannot be represented as an
4002 assembler label identifier. */
4004 static inline char *
4006 register dw_die_ref die;
4008 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
4010 if (a && a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_lbl_id)
4011 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4016 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4017 NULL if it is not present. */
4019 static inline char *
4020 get_AT_string (die, attr_kind)
4021 register dw_die_ref die;
4022 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4024 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4026 if (a && a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_str)
4027 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4032 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4033 if it is not present. */
4036 get_AT_flag (die, attr_kind)
4037 register dw_die_ref die;
4038 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4040 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4042 if (a && a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_flag)
4043 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4048 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4049 if it is not present. */
4051 static inline unsigned
4052 get_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind)
4053 register dw_die_ref die;
4054 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4056 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4058 if (a && a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
4059 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4067 register unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4069 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
4070 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
4076 register unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4078 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90);
4081 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4084 remove_AT (die, attr_kind)
4085 register dw_die_ref die;
4086 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4088 register dw_attr_ref a;
4089 register dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
4093 if (die->die_attr->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4095 removed = die->die_attr;
4096 if (die->die_attr_last == die->die_attr)
4097 die->die_attr_last = NULL;
4099 die->die_attr = die->die_attr->dw_attr_next;
4103 for (a = die->die_attr; a->dw_attr_next != NULL;
4104 a = a->dw_attr_next)
4105 if (a->dw_attr_next->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4107 removed = a->dw_attr_next;
4108 if (die->die_attr_last == a->dw_attr_next)
4109 die->die_attr_last = a;
4111 a->dw_attr_next = a->dw_attr_next->dw_attr_next;
4120 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
4123 remove_children (die)
4124 register dw_die_ref die;
4126 register dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
4128 die->die_child = NULL;
4129 die->die_child_last = NULL;
4131 while (child_die != NULL)
4133 register dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
4134 register dw_attr_ref a;
4136 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
4138 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL; )
4140 register dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
4142 a = a->dw_attr_next;
4150 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. */
4153 add_child_die (die, child_die)
4154 register dw_die_ref die;
4155 register dw_die_ref child_die;
4157 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
4159 if (die == child_die)
4161 child_die->die_parent = die;
4162 child_die->die_sib = NULL;
4164 if (die->die_child == NULL)
4166 die->die_child = child_die;
4167 die->die_child_last = child_die;
4171 die->die_child_last->die_sib = child_die;
4172 die->die_child_last = child_die;
4177 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
4179 static inline dw_die_ref
4180 new_die (tag_value, parent_die)
4181 register enum dwarf_tag tag_value;
4182 register dw_die_ref parent_die;
4184 register dw_die_ref die = (dw_die_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (die_node));
4186 die->die_tag = tag_value;
4187 die->die_abbrev = 0;
4188 die->die_offset = 0;
4189 die->die_child = NULL;
4190 die->die_parent = NULL;
4191 die->die_sib = NULL;
4192 die->die_child_last = NULL;
4193 die->die_attr = NULL;
4194 die->die_attr_last = NULL;
4196 if (parent_die != NULL)
4197 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
4200 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
4202 limbo_node = (limbo_die_node *) xmalloc (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
4203 limbo_node->die = die;
4204 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
4205 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
4211 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
4213 static inline dw_die_ref
4214 lookup_type_die (type)
4217 return (dw_die_ref) TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type);
4220 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
4223 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die)
4225 register dw_die_ref type_die;
4227 TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type) = (char *) type_die;
4230 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
4232 static inline dw_die_ref
4233 lookup_decl_die (decl)
4236 register unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
4238 return (decl_id < decl_die_table_in_use
4239 ? decl_die_table[decl_id] : NULL);
4242 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
4245 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die)
4247 register dw_die_ref decl_die;
4249 register unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
4250 register unsigned num_allocated;
4252 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_allocated)
4255 = ((decl_id + 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT - 1)
4256 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT)
4257 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4260 = (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (decl_die_table,
4261 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * num_allocated);
4263 bzero ((char *) &decl_die_table[decl_die_table_allocated],
4264 (num_allocated - decl_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
4265 decl_die_table_allocated = num_allocated;
4268 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_in_use)
4269 decl_die_table_in_use = (decl_id + 1);
4271 decl_die_table[decl_id] = decl_die;
4274 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4275 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4276 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4278 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4279 new_loc_descr (op, oprnd1, oprnd2)
4280 register enum dwarf_location_atom op;
4281 register unsigned long oprnd1;
4282 register unsigned long oprnd2;
4284 register dw_loc_descr_ref descr
4285 = (dw_loc_descr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
4287 descr->dw_loc_next = NULL;
4288 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4289 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4290 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4291 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4292 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4297 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4300 add_loc_descr (list_head, descr)
4301 register dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head;
4302 register dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
4304 register dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4306 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4307 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4313 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
4314 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
4315 the DIE internal representation. */
4316 static int print_indent;
4318 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
4321 print_spaces (outfile)
4324 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
4327 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
4328 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
4331 print_die (die, outfile)
4335 register dw_attr_ref a;
4336 register dw_die_ref c;
4338 print_spaces (outfile);
4339 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
4340 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
4341 print_spaces (outfile);
4342 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
4343 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
4345 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4347 print_spaces (outfile);
4348 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
4350 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
4352 case dw_val_class_addr:
4353 fprintf (outfile, "address");
4355 case dw_val_class_loc:
4356 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
4358 case dw_val_class_const:
4359 fprintf (outfile, "%ld", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
4361 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
4362 fprintf (outfile, "%lu", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
4364 case dw_val_class_long_long:
4365 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
4366 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
4367 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
4369 case dw_val_class_float:
4370 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point constant");
4372 case dw_val_class_flag:
4373 fprintf (outfile, "%u", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
4375 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
4376 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref != NULL)
4377 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu",
4378 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref->die_offset);
4380 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
4382 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
4383 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
4384 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id);
4386 case dw_val_class_str:
4387 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str != NULL)
4388 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str);
4390 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
4396 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
4399 if (die->die_child != NULL)
4402 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
4403 print_die (c, outfile);
4409 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
4410 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
4413 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile)
4416 register unsigned i;
4417 register dw_line_info_ref line_info;
4419 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
4420 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; ++i)
4422 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
4423 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
4424 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s", file_table[line_info->dw_file_num]);
4425 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
4426 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
4429 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
4432 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
4435 debug_dwarf_die (die)
4438 print_die (die, stderr);
4441 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
4442 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
4448 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
4449 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
4450 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
4453 /* Traverse the DIE, and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
4454 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
4455 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
4458 add_sibling_attributes(die)
4459 register dw_die_ref die;
4461 register dw_die_ref c;
4462 register dw_attr_ref attr;
4463 if (die != comp_unit_die && die->die_child != NULL)
4465 attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4466 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4467 attr->dw_attr = DW_AT_sibling;
4468 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4469 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref = die->die_sib;
4471 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
4472 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4473 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
4474 die->die_attr_last = attr;
4476 die->die_attr = attr;
4479 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
4480 add_sibling_attributes (c);
4483 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs)
4484 is encoded in an abbreviation table. This routine builds the
4485 abbreviation table and assigns a unique abbreviation id for
4486 each abbreviation entry. The children of each die are visited
4490 build_abbrev_table (die)
4491 register dw_die_ref die;
4493 register unsigned long abbrev_id;
4494 register unsigned long n_alloc;
4495 register dw_die_ref c;
4496 register dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
4497 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
4499 register dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
4501 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
4503 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
4505 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
4506 d_attr = die->die_attr;
4508 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
4510 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
4511 || (value_format (&a_attr->dw_attr_val)
4512 != value_format (&d_attr->dw_attr_val)))
4515 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
4516 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
4519 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
4525 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
4527 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
4529 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4531 = (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (abbrev_die_table,
4532 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
4534 bzero ((char *) &abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated],
4535 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
4536 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
4539 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
4540 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
4543 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
4544 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
4545 build_abbrev_table (c);
4548 /* Return the size of a string, including the null byte.
4550 This used to treat backslashes as escapes, and hence they were not included
4551 in the count. However, that conflicts with what ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII does,
4552 which treats a backslash as a backslash, escaping it if necessary, and hence
4553 we must include them in the count. */
4555 static unsigned long
4556 size_of_string (str)
4559 return strlen (str) + 1;
4562 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4564 static unsigned long
4565 size_of_loc_descr (loc)
4566 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4568 register unsigned long size = 1;
4570 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4592 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4595 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4600 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4601 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4639 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4642 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4645 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4648 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4649 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4652 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4654 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4655 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4665 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4667 static unsigned long
4669 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4671 register unsigned long size = 0;
4673 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4674 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
4679 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
4682 constant_size (value)
4683 long unsigned value;
4690 log = floor_log2 (value);
4693 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
4698 /* Return the size of a DIE, as it is represented in the
4699 .debug_info section. */
4701 static unsigned long
4703 register dw_die_ref die;
4705 register unsigned long size = 0;
4706 register dw_attr_ref a;
4708 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
4709 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4711 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
4713 case dw_val_class_addr:
4716 case dw_val_class_loc:
4718 register unsigned long lsize
4719 = size_of_locs (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc);
4722 size += constant_size (lsize);
4726 case dw_val_class_const:
4729 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
4730 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
4732 case dw_val_class_long_long:
4733 size += 1 + 8; /* block */
4735 case dw_val_class_float:
4736 size += 1 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4; /* block */
4738 case dw_val_class_flag:
4741 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
4742 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
4744 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
4745 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
4747 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
4750 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
4751 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
4753 case dw_val_class_str:
4754 size += size_of_string (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str);
4764 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE.
4765 Visits the DIE's children recursively. Updates the global
4766 variable next_die_offset, on each time through. Uses the
4767 current value of next_die_offset to update the die_offset
4768 field in each DIE. */
4771 calc_die_sizes (die)
4774 register dw_die_ref c;
4775 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
4776 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
4778 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
4781 if (die->die_child != NULL)
4782 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
4783 next_die_offset += 1;
4786 /* Return the size of the line information prolog generated for the
4787 compilation unit. */
4789 static unsigned long
4790 size_of_line_prolog ()
4792 register unsigned long size;
4793 register unsigned long ft_index;
4795 size = DWARF_LINE_PROLOG_HEADER_SIZE;
4797 /* Count the size of the table giving number of args for each
4799 size += DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE - 1;
4801 /* Include directory table is empty (at present). Count only the
4802 null byte used to terminate the table. */
4805 for (ft_index = 1; ft_index < file_table_in_use; ++ft_index)
4807 /* File name entry. */
4808 size += size_of_string (file_table[ft_index]);
4810 /* Include directory index. */
4811 size += size_of_uleb128 (0);
4813 /* Modification time. */
4814 size += size_of_uleb128 (0);
4816 /* File length in bytes. */
4817 size += size_of_uleb128 (0);
4820 /* Count the file table terminator. */
4825 /* Return the size of the line information generated for this
4826 compilation unit. */
4828 static unsigned long
4829 size_of_line_info ()
4831 register unsigned long size;
4832 register unsigned long lt_index;
4833 register unsigned long current_line;
4834 register long line_offset;
4835 register long line_delta;
4836 register unsigned long current_file;
4837 register unsigned long function;
4838 unsigned long size_of_set_address;
4840 /* Size of a DW_LNE_set_address instruction. */
4841 size_of_set_address = 1 + size_of_uleb128 (1 + PTR_SIZE) + 1 + PTR_SIZE;
4843 /* Version number. */
4846 /* Prolog length specifier. */
4847 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
4850 size += size_of_line_prolog ();
4854 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
4856 register dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
4858 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
4859 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
4862 /* Advance pc instruction. */
4863 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment in output_line_info. */
4867 size += size_of_set_address;
4869 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
4871 /* Set file number instruction. */
4873 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
4874 size += size_of_uleb128 (current_file);
4877 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
4879 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
4880 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
4881 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
4882 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
4883 /* 1-byte special line number instruction. */
4887 /* Advance line instruction. */
4889 size += size_of_sleb128 (line_offset);
4890 /* Generate line entry instruction. */
4896 /* Advance pc instruction. */
4900 size += size_of_set_address;
4902 /* End of line number info. marker. */
4903 size += 1 + size_of_uleb128 (1) + 1;
4908 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use; )
4910 register dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
4911 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
4913 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
4914 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
4915 && line_info->function == function)
4918 if (function != line_info->function)
4920 function = line_info->function;
4921 /* Set address register instruction. */
4922 size += size_of_set_address;
4926 /* Advance pc instruction. */
4930 size += size_of_set_address;
4933 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
4935 /* Set file number instruction. */
4937 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
4938 size += size_of_uleb128 (current_file);
4941 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
4943 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
4944 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
4945 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
4946 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
4947 /* 1-byte special line number instruction. */
4951 /* Advance line instruction. */
4953 size += size_of_sleb128 (line_offset);
4955 /* Generate line entry instruction. */
4963 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
4964 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
4965 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
4970 /* Advance pc instruction. */
4974 size += size_of_set_address;
4976 /* End of line number info. marker. */
4977 size += 1 + size_of_uleb128 (1) + 1;
4984 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
4985 compilation unit. */
4987 static unsigned long
4990 register unsigned long size;
4991 register unsigned i;
4993 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
4994 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; ++i)
4996 register pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
4997 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_string (p->name);
5000 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5004 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
5006 static unsigned long
5009 register unsigned long size;
5011 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
5013 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
5014 size += 2 * PTR_SIZE;
5015 size += 2 * PTR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
5017 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
5018 size += 2 * PTR_SIZE;
5022 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
5024 static enum dwarf_form
5028 switch (v->val_class)
5030 case dw_val_class_addr:
5031 return DW_FORM_addr;
5032 case dw_val_class_loc:
5033 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (v->v.val_loc)))
5036 return DW_FORM_block1;
5038 return DW_FORM_block2;
5042 case dw_val_class_const:
5043 return DW_FORM_data4;
5044 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5045 switch (constant_size (v->v.val_unsigned))
5048 return DW_FORM_data1;
5050 return DW_FORM_data2;
5052 return DW_FORM_data4;
5054 return DW_FORM_data8;
5058 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5059 return DW_FORM_block1;
5060 case dw_val_class_float:
5061 return DW_FORM_block1;
5062 case dw_val_class_flag:
5063 return DW_FORM_flag;
5064 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5066 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5067 return DW_FORM_data;
5068 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5069 return DW_FORM_addr;
5070 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5071 return DW_FORM_data;
5072 case dw_val_class_str:
5073 return DW_FORM_string;
5079 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
5082 output_value_format (v)
5085 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (v);
5087 output_uleb128 (form);
5089 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
5091 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5094 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
5098 output_abbrev_section ()
5100 unsigned long abbrev_id;
5103 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
5105 register dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
5107 output_uleb128 (abbrev_id);
5109 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (abbrev code)");
5111 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5112 output_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag);
5114 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (TAG: %s)",
5115 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
5117 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5118 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s\t0x%x", ASM_BYTE_OP,
5119 abbrev->die_child != NULL ? DW_children_yes : DW_children_no);
5122 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s",
5124 (abbrev->die_child != NULL
5125 ? "DW_children_yes" : "DW_children_no"));
5127 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5129 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
5130 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
5132 output_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr);
5134 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (%s)",
5135 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
5137 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5138 output_value_format (&a_attr->dw_attr_val);
5141 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s\t0,0\n", ASM_BYTE_OP);
5144 /* Terminate the table. */
5145 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s\t0\n", ASM_BYTE_OP);
5148 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
5151 output_loc_operands (loc)
5152 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5154 register dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5155 register dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5157 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5160 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_addr);
5161 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5165 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_flag);
5166 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5170 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_int);
5171 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5175 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_int);
5176 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5181 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5184 output_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5185 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5188 output_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int);
5189 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5192 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_int);
5193 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5195 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5196 output_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5197 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5201 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_int);
5202 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5236 output_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int);
5237 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5240 output_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5241 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5244 output_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int);
5245 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5248 output_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5249 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5250 output_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int);
5251 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5254 output_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5255 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5257 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5258 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5259 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, val1->v.val_flag);
5260 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5267 /* Compute the offset of a sibling. */
5269 static unsigned long
5270 sibling_offset (die)
5273 unsigned long offset;
5275 if (die->die_child_last == NULL)
5276 offset = die->die_offset + size_of_die (die);
5278 offset = sibling_offset (die->die_child_last) + 1;
5283 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
5284 the definitions of each child DIE. */
5288 register dw_die_ref die;
5290 register dw_attr_ref a;
5291 register dw_die_ref c;
5292 register unsigned long ref_offset;
5293 register unsigned long size;
5294 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5296 output_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
5298 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
5299 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5301 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5303 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5305 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
5307 case dw_val_class_addr:
5308 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_CONST (asm_out_file,
5309 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr);
5312 case dw_val_class_loc:
5313 size = size_of_locs (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc);
5315 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
5316 switch (constant_size (size))
5319 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, size);
5322 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, size);
5329 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s",
5330 ASM_COMMENT_START, dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5332 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5333 for (loc = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc; loc != NULL;
5334 loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5336 /* Output the opcode. */
5337 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, loc->dw_loc_opc);
5339 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s", ASM_COMMENT_START,
5340 dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5342 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5344 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5345 output_loc_operands (loc);
5349 case dw_val_class_const:
5350 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5353 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5354 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned))
5357 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
5358 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5361 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file,
5362 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5365 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file,
5366 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5369 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA8 (asm_out_file,
5370 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5371 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5378 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5379 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 8);
5381 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s",
5382 ASM_COMMENT_START, dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5384 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5385 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA8 (asm_out_file,
5386 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5387 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5390 fprintf (asm_out_file,
5391 "\t%s long long constant", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5393 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5396 case dw_val_class_float:
5398 register unsigned int i;
5399 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
5400 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4);
5402 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s",
5403 ASM_COMMENT_START, dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5405 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5406 for (i = 0; i < a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length; ++i)
5408 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file,
5409 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array[i]);
5411 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s fp constant word %u",
5412 ASM_COMMENT_START, i);
5414 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5419 case dw_val_class_flag:
5420 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5423 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5424 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref != NULL)
5425 ref_offset = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref->die_offset;
5426 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_sibling)
5427 ref_offset = sibling_offset(die);
5431 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, ref_offset);
5434 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5437 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL
5438 (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
5439 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, l1);
5440 fprintf (asm_out_file, " - %d", DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE);
5444 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5445 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id);
5448 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5449 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id);
5452 case dw_val_class_str:
5454 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING (asm_out_file, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str);
5456 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file,
5457 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str,
5458 (int) strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str) + 1);
5465 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class != dw_val_class_loc
5466 && a->dw_attr_val.val_class != dw_val_class_long_long
5467 && a->dw_attr_val.val_class != dw_val_class_float)
5470 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s",
5471 ASM_COMMENT_START, dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5473 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5477 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5480 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5482 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
5483 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
5485 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
5486 ASM_COMMENT_START, die->die_offset);
5488 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5492 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
5493 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
5496 output_compilation_unit_header ()
5498 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, next_die_offset - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE);
5500 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Length of Compilation Unit Info.",
5503 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5504 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, DWARF_VERSION);
5506 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DWARF version number", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5508 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5509 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
5511 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Offset Into Abbrev. Section",
5514 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5515 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, PTR_SIZE);
5517 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Pointer Size (in bytes)", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5519 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5522 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The output
5523 of decl_printable_name for C++ looks like "A::f(int)". Let's drop the
5524 argument list, and maybe the scope. */
5527 dwarf2_name (decl, scope)
5531 return (*decl_printable_name) (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
5534 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
5537 add_pubname (decl, die)
5543 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5546 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
5548 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5549 pubname_table = (pubname_ref) xrealloc
5550 (pubname_table, pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry));
5553 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
5556 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
5559 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
5560 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
5561 visible procedures. */
5566 register unsigned i;
5567 register unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
5569 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, pubnames_length);
5572 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Length of Public Names Info.",
5575 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5576 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, DWARF_VERSION);
5579 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DWARF Version", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5581 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5582 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
5584 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Offset of Compilation Unit Info.",
5587 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5588 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, next_die_offset);
5590 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Compilation Unit Length", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5592 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5593 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; ++i)
5595 register pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
5597 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, pub->die->die_offset);
5599 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DIE offset", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5601 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5605 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING (asm_out_file, pub->name);
5606 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s external name", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5610 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, pub->name,
5611 (int) strlen (pub->name) + 1);
5614 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5617 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, 0);
5618 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5621 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
5624 add_arange (decl, die)
5628 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
5631 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
5633 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5635 = (arange_ref) xrealloc (arange_table,
5636 arange_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
5639 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
5642 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
5643 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
5644 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
5649 register unsigned i;
5650 register unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
5652 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, aranges_length);
5654 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Length of Address Ranges Info.",
5657 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5658 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, DWARF_VERSION);
5660 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DWARF Version", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5662 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5663 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
5665 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Offset of Compilation Unit Info.",
5668 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5669 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, PTR_SIZE);
5671 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Size of Address", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5673 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5674 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
5676 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Size of Segment Descriptor",
5679 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5680 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here.
5681 If DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4, then we have emitted 12 bytes, and need 4
5682 bytes of padding to align for either 4 or 8 byte pointers. */
5683 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA4 (asm_out_file, 0);
5684 /* If DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8, then we have emitted 20 bytes, and need 12
5685 bytes of padding to align for 8 byte pointers. We have already emitted
5686 4 bytes of padding, so emit 8 more here. */
5687 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
5688 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",0,0");
5691 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Pad to %d byte boundary",
5692 ASM_COMMENT_START, 2 * PTR_SIZE);
5694 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5695 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
5697 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Address", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5699 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5700 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA (asm_out_file, text_end_label,
5701 text_section_label);
5703 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s Length", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5705 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5706 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; ++i)
5708 dw_die_ref a = arange_table[i];
5710 if (a->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
5711 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, get_AT_low_pc (a));
5714 char *name = get_AT_string (a, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name);
5716 name = get_AT_string (a, DW_AT_name);
5718 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, name);
5722 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Address", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5724 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5725 if (a->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
5726 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DELTA (asm_out_file, get_AT_hi_pc (a),
5729 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DATA (asm_out_file,
5730 get_AT_unsigned (a, DW_AT_byte_size));
5733 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s Length", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5735 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5738 /* Output the terminator words. */
5739 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DATA (asm_out_file, 0);
5740 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5741 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR_DATA (asm_out_file, 0);
5742 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5745 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
5746 information goes into the .debug_line section.
5748 If the format of this data changes, then the function size_of_line_info
5749 must also be adjusted the same way. */
5754 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
5755 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
5756 register unsigned opc;
5757 register unsigned n_op_args;
5758 register unsigned long ft_index;
5759 register unsigned long lt_index;
5760 register unsigned long current_line;
5761 register long line_offset;
5762 register long line_delta;
5763 register unsigned long current_file;
5764 register unsigned long function;
5766 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, size_of_line_info ());
5768 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Length of Source Line Info.",
5771 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5772 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA2 (asm_out_file, DWARF_VERSION);
5774 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DWARF Version", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5776 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5777 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA (asm_out_file, size_of_line_prolog ());
5779 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Prolog Length", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5781 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5782 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH);
5784 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Minimum Instruction Length",
5787 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5788 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START);
5790 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Default is_stmt_start flag",
5793 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5794 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s\t%d", ASM_BYTE_OP, DWARF_LINE_BASE);
5796 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)",
5799 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5800 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s\t%u", ASM_BYTE_OP, DWARF_LINE_RANGE);
5802 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)",
5805 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5806 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s\t%u", ASM_BYTE_OP, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE);
5808 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s Special Opcode Base", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5810 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5811 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; ++opc)
5815 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
5816 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
5817 case DW_LNS_set_file:
5818 case DW_LNS_set_column:
5819 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
5826 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, n_op_args);
5828 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
5829 ASM_COMMENT_START, opc, n_op_args);
5830 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5834 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s Include Directory Table\n", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5836 /* Include directory table is empty, at present */
5837 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
5838 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5840 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s File Name Table\n", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5842 for (ft_index = 1; ft_index < file_table_in_use; ++ft_index)
5846 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_STRING (asm_out_file, file_table[ft_index]);
5847 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s File Entry: 0x%lx",
5848 ASM_COMMENT_START, ft_index);
5852 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file,
5853 file_table[ft_index],
5854 (int) strlen (file_table[ft_index]) + 1);
5857 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5859 /* Include directory index */
5861 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5863 /* Modification time */
5865 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5867 /* File length in bytes */
5869 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5872 /* Terminate the file name table */
5873 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
5874 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5876 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
5877 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
5878 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
5880 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
5881 a series of state machine operations. */
5884 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
5885 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
5887 register dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
5889 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
5890 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
5891 that anything after the last address is this line. */
5892 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
5893 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
5896 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line, choosing
5897 the encoding that uses the least amount of space. */
5898 /* ??? Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must
5899 always use the most general form. Gcc does not know the address
5900 delta itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. There are no known
5901 dwarf2 aware assemblers at this time, so we can't use any special
5902 pseudo ops that would allow the assembler to optimally encode this for
5903 us. Many ports do have length attributes which will give an upper
5904 bound on the address range. We could perhaps use length attributes
5905 to determine when it is safe to use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
5906 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
5909 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
5910 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc);
5912 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc",
5915 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5916 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2 (asm_out_file, line_label, prev_line_label);
5917 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5921 /* This can handle any delta. This takes 4+PTR_SIZE bytes. */
5922 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
5924 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_set_address",
5926 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5927 output_uleb128 (1 + PTR_SIZE);
5928 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5929 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_set_address);
5930 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5931 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, line_label);
5932 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5934 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
5936 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
5937 different from the previous line. */
5938 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
5940 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
5941 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_set_file);
5943 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_set_file", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5945 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5946 output_uleb128 (current_file);
5948 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (\"%s\")", file_table[current_file]);
5950 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5953 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
5954 that uses the least amount of space. */
5955 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
5957 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
5958 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
5959 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
5960 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
5962 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
5963 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
5965 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
5966 DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta);
5968 fprintf (asm_out_file,
5969 "\t%s line %ld", ASM_COMMENT_START, current_line);
5971 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5975 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
5976 depending on the value being encoded. */
5977 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_advance_line);
5979 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s advance to line %ld",
5980 ASM_COMMENT_START, current_line);
5982 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5983 output_sleb128 (line_offset);
5984 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5985 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_copy);
5987 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_copy", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5988 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5993 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
5994 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_copy);
5996 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_copy", ASM_COMMENT_START);
5997 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6001 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
6004 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc);
6006 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc",
6009 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6010 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2 (asm_out_file, text_end_label, prev_line_label);
6011 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6015 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6017 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_set_address", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6018 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6019 output_uleb128 (1 + PTR_SIZE);
6020 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6021 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_set_address);
6022 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6023 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, text_end_label);
6024 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6027 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
6028 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6030 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_end_sequence", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6032 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6034 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6035 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_end_sequence);
6036 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6041 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use; )
6043 register dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
6044 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
6046 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
6047 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
6048 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
6049 && line_info->function == function)
6052 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
6053 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
6054 to handle it differently. */
6055 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
6057 if (function != line_info->function)
6059 function = line_info->function;
6061 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
6062 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6064 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_set_address",
6067 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6068 output_uleb128 (1 + PTR_SIZE);
6069 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6070 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_set_address);
6071 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6072 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, line_label);
6073 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6077 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
6080 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc);
6082 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc",
6085 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6086 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2 (asm_out_file, line_label,
6088 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6092 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6094 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_set_address",
6096 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6097 output_uleb128 (1 + PTR_SIZE);
6098 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6099 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_set_address);
6100 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6101 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, line_label);
6102 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6105 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
6107 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
6108 different from the previous line. */
6109 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
6111 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
6112 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_set_file);
6114 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_set_file", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6116 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6117 output_uleb128 (current_file);
6119 fprintf (asm_out_file, " (\"%s\")", file_table[current_file]);
6121 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6124 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
6125 that uses the least amount of space. */
6126 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
6128 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
6129 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
6130 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
6131 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
6133 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file,
6134 DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta);
6136 fprintf (asm_out_file,
6137 "\t%s line %ld", ASM_COMMENT_START, current_line);
6139 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6143 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_advance_line);
6145 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s advance to line %ld",
6146 ASM_COMMENT_START, current_line);
6148 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6149 output_sleb128 (line_offset);
6150 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6151 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_copy);
6153 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_copy", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6154 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6159 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
6160 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_copy);
6162 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_copy", ASM_COMMENT_START);
6163 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6169 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
6170 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
6171 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
6176 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
6177 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
6180 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc);
6182 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc",
6185 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6186 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA2 (asm_out_file, line_label,
6188 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6192 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6194 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_set_address",
6196 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6197 output_uleb128 (1 + PTR_SIZE);
6198 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6199 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_set_address);
6200 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6201 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_ADDR (asm_out_file, line_label);
6202 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6205 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
6206 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, 0);
6208 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s DW_LNE_end_sequence",
6211 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6213 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6214 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATA1 (asm_out_file, DW_LNE_end_sequence);
6215 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6220 /* Given a pointer to a BLOCK node return non-zero if (and only if) the node
6221 in question represents the outermost pair of curly braces (i.e. the "body
6222 block") of a function or method.
6224 For any BLOCK node representing a "body block" of a function or method, the
6225 BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT of the node will point to another BLOCK node which
6226 represents the outermost (function) scope for the function or method (i.e.
6227 the one which includes the formal parameters). The BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT of
6228 *that* node in turn will point to the relevant FUNCTION_DECL node. */
6231 is_body_block (stmt)
6234 if (TREE_CODE (stmt) == BLOCK)
6236 register tree parent = BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (stmt);
6238 if (TREE_CODE (parent) == BLOCK)
6240 register tree grandparent = BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (parent);
6242 if (TREE_CODE (grandparent) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6250 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
6251 a DIE that describes the given type.
6253 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
6254 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
6257 base_type_die (type)
6260 register dw_die_ref base_type_result;
6261 register char *type_name;
6262 register enum dwarf_type encoding;
6263 register tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
6265 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK
6266 || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
6269 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
6270 name = DECL_NAME (name);
6271 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
6273 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
6276 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
6277 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
6278 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
6280 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
6281 && (type == char_type_node
6282 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
6283 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
6285 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
6286 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
6288 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
6291 /* else fall through */
6294 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
6295 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
6296 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
6298 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
6302 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
6306 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
6310 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
6311 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
6315 abort (); /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
6318 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die);
6319 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
6320 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
6321 int_size_in_bytes (type));
6322 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
6324 return base_type_result;
6327 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
6328 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
6329 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
6330 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
6331 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
6332 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
6333 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
6334 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
6340 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
6341 return error_mark_node;
6343 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
6346 return error_mark_node;
6349 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
6350 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
6353 return type_main_variant (type);
6357 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return non-zero if the
6358 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
6364 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
6379 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
6384 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
6397 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
6398 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
6401 modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, is_volatile_type, context_die)
6403 register int is_const_type;
6404 register int is_volatile_type;
6405 register dw_die_ref context_die;
6407 register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6408 register dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
6409 register dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
6410 register tree item_type = NULL;
6412 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
6414 type = build_type_variant (type, is_const_type, is_volatile_type);
6416 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
6418 return mod_type_die;
6420 /* Handle C typedef types. */
6421 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
6422 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
6424 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type));
6427 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
6428 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
6429 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
6432 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
6433 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
6434 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
6435 type to which it refers. */
6437 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)),
6438 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
6440 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
6445 else if (is_const_type)
6447 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die);
6448 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
6450 else if (is_volatile_type)
6452 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die);
6453 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
6455 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
6457 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die);
6458 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
6460 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
6462 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
6464 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
6466 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die);
6467 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
6469 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
6471 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
6473 else if (is_base_type (type))
6474 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
6477 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
6479 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
6480 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
6481 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
6482 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
6483 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
6485 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
6486 if (mod_type_die == NULL)
6491 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
6493 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
6494 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
6495 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
6496 types are possible in Ada. */
6497 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
6498 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
6499 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
6502 if (sub_die != NULL)
6503 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
6505 return mod_type_die;
6508 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
6509 an enumerated type. */
6515 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
6518 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register. */
6520 static dw_loc_descr_ref
6521 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl)
6524 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
6525 register unsigned reg = reg_number (rtl);
6528 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + reg, 0, 0);
6530 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, reg, 0);
6535 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
6537 static dw_loc_descr_ref
6538 based_loc_descr (reg, offset)
6542 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
6543 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
6544 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
6546 register unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
6547 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
6548 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
6551 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
6553 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
6555 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
6560 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
6566 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
6567 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG
6568 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
6571 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
6572 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
6573 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
6574 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
6576 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
6577 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
6578 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
6579 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
6581 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
6582 autoincrement addressing modes. */
6584 static dw_loc_descr_ref
6585 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode)
6587 enum machine_mode mode;
6589 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
6590 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
6591 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
6592 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
6593 zeroth element of the array. */
6595 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
6599 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
6600 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
6602 /* ... fall through ... */
6605 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
6606 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
6607 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
6608 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
6609 contains the given subreg. */
6610 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
6612 /* ... fall through ... */
6615 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
6616 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
6617 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
6618 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
6619 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
6620 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
6621 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
6622 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
6623 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
6624 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
6625 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
6626 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
6627 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
6628 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl), 0);
6632 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
6633 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
6637 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
6638 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
6642 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
6643 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
6644 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = addr_to_string (rtl);
6649 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
6651 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
6652 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
6653 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
6654 : - GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
6656 /* ... fall through ... */
6659 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
6660 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
6661 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
6664 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0),
6666 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1),
6668 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
6673 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
6674 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
6675 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode));
6676 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
6677 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
6681 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu, INTVAL (rtl), 0);
6688 return mem_loc_result;
6691 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
6692 This is typically a complex variable. */
6694 static dw_loc_descr_ref
6695 concat_loc_descriptor (x0, x1)
6696 register rtx x0, x1;
6698 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
6700 if (!is_pseudo_reg (x0)
6701 && (GET_CODE (x0) != MEM || !is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (x0, 0))))
6702 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, loc_descriptor (x0));
6703 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
6704 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
6706 if (!is_pseudo_reg (x1)
6707 && (GET_CODE (x1) != MEM || !is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (x1, 0))))
6708 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, loc_descriptor (x1));
6709 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
6710 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
6712 return cc_loc_result;
6715 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
6716 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
6717 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
6718 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
6719 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack. */
6721 static dw_loc_descr_ref
6722 loc_descriptor (rtl)
6725 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
6726 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
6729 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
6730 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
6731 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
6732 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
6733 contains the given subreg. */
6734 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
6736 /* ... fall through ... */
6739 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
6743 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
6747 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
6757 /* Given an unsigned value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
6758 which is not less than the value itself. */
6760 static inline unsigned
6761 ceiling (value, boundary)
6762 register unsigned value;
6763 register unsigned boundary;
6765 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
6768 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
6769 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
6770 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
6779 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
6780 return integer_type_node;
6782 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
6783 if (type == NULL_TREE)
6784 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
6789 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
6790 node, return the alignment in bits for the type, or else return
6791 BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to be an
6794 static inline unsigned
6795 simple_type_align_in_bits (type)
6798 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
6801 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
6802 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
6803 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
6804 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
6807 static inline unsigned
6808 simple_type_size_in_bits (type)
6811 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
6812 return BITS_PER_WORD;
6815 register tree type_size_tree = TYPE_SIZE (type);
6817 if (TREE_CODE (type_size_tree) != INTEGER_CST)
6818 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
6820 return (unsigned) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (type_size_tree);
6824 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, compute and
6825 return the byte offset of the lowest addressed byte of the "containing
6826 object" for the given FIELD_DECL, or return 0 if we are unable to
6827 determine what that offset is, either because the argument turns out to
6828 be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or because the offset is actually
6829 variable. (We can't handle the latter case just yet). */
6832 field_byte_offset (decl)
6835 register unsigned type_align_in_bytes;
6836 register unsigned type_align_in_bits;
6837 register unsigned type_size_in_bits;
6838 register unsigned object_offset_in_align_units;
6839 register unsigned object_offset_in_bits;
6840 register unsigned object_offset_in_bytes;
6842 register tree bitpos_tree;
6843 register tree field_size_tree;
6844 register unsigned bitpos_int;
6845 register unsigned deepest_bitpos;
6846 register unsigned field_size_in_bits;
6848 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
6851 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
6854 type = field_type (decl);
6856 bitpos_tree = DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (decl);
6857 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
6859 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions or sizes are variable, so
6860 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
6861 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
6862 if (TREE_CODE (bitpos_tree) != INTEGER_CST)
6864 bitpos_int = (unsigned) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bitpos_tree);
6866 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree) != INTEGER_CST)
6869 field_size_in_bits = (unsigned) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (field_size_tree);
6870 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
6871 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
6872 type_align_in_bytes = type_align_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
6874 /* Note that the GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of
6875 the starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
6876 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-
6877 field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the start of the
6878 "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce this information on
6879 our own. This can be rather tricky to do in some cases. For example,
6880 handling the following structure type definition when compiling for an
6881 i386/i486 target (which only aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries)
6884 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
6886 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be
6887 used in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate
6888 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon
6889 one simple rule for bit-field allocation. Quite simply, GCC allocates
6890 each "containing object" for each bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest
6891 addressed) legitimate alignment boundary (based upon the required
6892 minimum alignment for the declared type of the field) which it can
6893 possibly use, subject to the condition that there is still enough
6894 available space remaining in the containing object (when allocated at
6895 the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the bits of the
6896 bit-field itself. This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates
6897 8 bytes for each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
6898 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the
6899 compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each
6900 successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to
6901 allocate that 64- bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and
6902 previously unallocated) bits remain within that selected 64 bit field.
6903 (As it turns out, for the example above, the compiler finds that it is
6904 OK to allocate the "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero
6905 within the structure type.) Here we attempt to work backwards from the
6906 limited set of facts we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts,
6907 where GCC must have believed that the containing object started (within
6908 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the callers of
6909 this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes
6910 for fields (both bit-fields and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular
6913 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
6914 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
6915 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
6917 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
6918 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
6919 object_offset_in_bits
6920 = ceiling (deepest_bitpos, type_align_in_bits) - type_size_in_bits;
6922 /* Compute the offset of the containing object in "alignment units". */
6923 object_offset_in_align_units = object_offset_in_bits / type_align_in_bits;
6925 /* Compute the offset of the containing object in bytes. */
6926 object_offset_in_bytes = object_offset_in_align_units * type_align_in_bytes;
6928 return object_offset_in_bytes;
6931 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
6932 associated with them. */
6934 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
6936 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
6937 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
6938 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
6941 add_AT_location_description (die, attr_kind, rtl)
6943 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
6946 /* Handle a special case. If we are about to output a location descriptor
6947 for a variable or parameter which has been optimized out of existence,
6948 don't do that. A variable which has been optimized out
6949 of existence will have a DECL_RTL value which denotes a pseudo-reg.
6950 Currently, in some rare cases, variables can have DECL_RTL values which
6951 look like (MEM (REG pseudo-reg#)). These cases are due to bugs
6952 elsewhere in the compiler. We treat such cases as if the variable(s) in
6953 question had been optimized out of existence. */
6955 if (is_pseudo_reg (rtl)
6956 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
6957 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
6958 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONCAT
6959 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0))
6960 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 1))))
6963 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc_descriptor (rtl));
6966 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data
6967 members of struct and union types. In the special case of a
6968 FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, the "offset" part
6969 of this special location descriptor must indicate the distance
6970 in bytes from the lowest-addressed byte of the containing struct
6971 or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of the "containing
6972 object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset' function
6973 above).. For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a
6974 hypothetical object (of some integral or enum type) within which
6975 the given bit-field lives. The type of this hypothetical
6976 "containing object" is always the same as the declared type of
6977 the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the DWARF
6978 spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size
6979 (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will
6980 be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
6981 (See the `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used
6982 when calculating the value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute.
6983 (See the `bit_offset_attribute' function below). */
6986 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, decl)
6987 register dw_die_ref die;
6990 register unsigned long offset;
6991 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr;
6992 register enum dwarf_location_atom op;
6994 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_VEC)
6995 offset = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (BINFO_OFFSET (decl));
6997 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
6999 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure address
7000 is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field address
7001 by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
7003 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7004 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst operator
7005 correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the stack. */
7008 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
7011 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
7012 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
7015 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
7016 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
7017 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
7018 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
7019 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
7022 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl)
7023 register dw_die_ref die;
7026 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
7029 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer or a
7030 floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever the constant
7031 will fit into a single word. In all such cases, the original mode
7032 of the constant value is wiped out, and the CONST_INT rtx is
7033 assigned VOIDmode. */
7034 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned) INTVAL (rtl));
7038 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
7039 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
7040 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
7041 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
7043 register enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
7045 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
7047 register unsigned length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / sizeof (long);
7051 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
7055 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, array[0]);
7059 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv, array);
7064 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv, array);
7071 add_AT_float (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, array);
7074 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
7075 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
7080 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
7086 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, addr_to_string (rtl));
7090 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
7091 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
7092 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
7093 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
7094 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
7095 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
7096 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
7097 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
7098 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
7099 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
7100 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
7104 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
7110 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
7111 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
7112 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
7113 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
7114 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
7115 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
7116 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
7117 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
7118 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
7119 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
7122 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die, decl)
7123 register dw_die_ref die;
7127 register tree declared_type;
7128 register tree passed_type;
7130 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
7133 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL)
7136 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
7137 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
7138 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
7140 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
7141 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
7142 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
7143 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
7144 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
7145 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
7146 referenced within the function.
7148 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
7149 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
7150 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
7151 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
7153 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
7154 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
7155 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
7156 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
7157 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
7158 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
7160 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
7161 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
7162 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
7163 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
7164 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
7165 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
7166 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
7167 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
7168 output at debug-time.
7170 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
7171 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
7172 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
7173 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
7174 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
7175 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
7176 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
7177 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
7178 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
7179 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
7180 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
7181 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
7182 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
7184 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
7185 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between
7186 the end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that
7187 as best as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is
7188 modified sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack
7189 backtrace (at debug-time) will show the function as having been
7190 called with the *new* value rather than the value which was
7191 originally passed in. This happens rarely enough that it is not
7192 a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and I'd like to fix it.
7194 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional
7195 attributes for any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will
7196 describe the "passed type" and the "passed location" for the
7197 given formal parameter in addition to the attributes we now
7198 generate to indicate the "declared type" and the "active
7199 location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
7200 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note
7201 that sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be
7202 NULL also. This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of
7203 inline function formal parameters which are never referenced.
7204 This really shouldn't be happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should
7205 get valid non-NULL DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c
7206 doesn't currently generate these values for inlined instances of
7207 inline function parameters, so when we see such cases, we are
7208 just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
7211 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
7212 rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
7214 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
7216 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
7218 declared_type = type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl));
7219 passed_type = type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl));
7221 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
7222 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
7223 all* cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
7224 if (declared_type == passed_type)
7225 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
7226 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
7227 && TREE_CODE (declared_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
7228 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type))
7229 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type))))
7230 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
7233 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
7234 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
7235 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
7236 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
7237 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
7238 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
7240 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
7241 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
7242 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
7243 /* Not passed in memory. */
7244 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) != MEM
7245 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
7246 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != REG
7247 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
7248 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
7249 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
7250 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
7253 /* Big endian correction check. */
7255 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
7256 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
7259 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
7260 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
7261 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
7262 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
7266 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
7269 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
7270 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
7271 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
7272 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
7275 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
7278 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away; don't emit
7289 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
7290 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
7297 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, rtl);
7305 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
7306 the value of the attribute. */
7309 add_name_attribute (die, name_string)
7310 register dw_die_ref die;
7311 register const char *name_string;
7313 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
7314 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
7317 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
7318 a representation for that bound. */
7321 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, bound)
7322 register dw_die_ref subrange_die;
7323 register enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr;
7324 register tree bound;
7326 register unsigned bound_value = 0;
7328 /* If this is an Ada unconstrained array type, then don't emit any debug
7329 info because the array bounds are unknown. They are parameterized when
7330 the type is instantiated. */
7331 if (contains_placeholder_p (bound))
7334 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
7339 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
7341 bound_value = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound);
7342 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
7343 && ((is_c_family () && bound_value == 0)
7344 || (is_fortran () && bound_value == 1)))
7345 /* use the default */;
7347 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, bound_value);
7352 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
7353 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
7357 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
7358 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
7359 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
7360 points in the generated code right after they have just been
7361 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
7362 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
7363 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
7364 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
7365 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
7366 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
7367 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
7368 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
7369 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
7370 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
7371 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in a array
7372 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
7373 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
7374 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
7376 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
7377 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
7378 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
7379 if (! optimize || GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)) == MEM)
7381 register dw_die_ref ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
7382 register dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx);
7383 register rtx loc = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound);
7385 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
7386 it references an outer function's frame. */
7388 if (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM)
7390 rtx new_addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc, 0), bound);
7392 if (XEXP (loc, 0) != new_addr)
7393 loc = gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (loc), new_addr);
7396 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
7397 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
7398 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
7399 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
7402 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
7408 /* ??? These types of bounds can be created by the Ada front end,
7409 and it isn't clear how to emit debug info for them. */
7417 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
7418 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
7421 add_subscript_info (type_die, type)
7422 register dw_die_ref type_die;
7425 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7426 register unsigned dimension_number;
7428 register tree lower, upper;
7429 register dw_die_ref subrange_die;
7431 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
7432 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
7433 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
7434 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
7435 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
7436 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
7437 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
7438 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
7440 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
7441 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
7442 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
7443 gen_array_type_die. */
7444 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7445 for (dimension_number = 0;
7446 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
7447 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
7450 register tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
7452 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
7453 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
7455 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die);
7458 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
7459 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
7460 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
7462 /* define the index type. */
7463 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
7465 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
7466 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
7467 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
7468 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
7469 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
7470 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
7471 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
7474 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
7478 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
7479 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
7481 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
7482 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
7483 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
7485 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
7487 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
7490 /* We have an array type with an unspecified length. The DWARF-2
7491 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
7496 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7502 add_byte_size_attribute (die, tree_node)
7504 register tree tree_node;
7506 register unsigned size;
7508 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
7516 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
7517 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
7520 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
7521 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
7522 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
7523 even for bit-fields. */
7524 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
7530 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
7531 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
7532 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
7533 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
7535 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
7538 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
7539 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
7540 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
7543 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical
7544 object (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field
7545 lives. The type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the
7546 same as the declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The
7547 determination of the exact location of the "containing object" for a
7548 bit-field is rather complicated. It's handled by the
7549 `field_byte_offset' function (above).
7551 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
7552 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
7553 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
7556 add_bit_offset_attribute (die, decl)
7557 register dw_die_ref die;
7560 register unsigned object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
7561 register tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
7562 register tree bitpos_tree = DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (decl);
7563 register unsigned bitpos_int;
7564 register unsigned highest_order_object_bit_offset;
7565 register unsigned highest_order_field_bit_offset;
7566 register unsigned bit_offset;
7568 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
7570 || TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
7573 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
7574 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
7576 if (TREE_CODE (bitpos_tree) != INTEGER_CST)
7579 bitpos_int = (unsigned) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bitpos_tree);
7581 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
7582 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
7583 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
7584 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
7585 below must take account of these differences. */
7586 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
7587 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
7589 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
7591 highest_order_field_bit_offset
7592 += (unsigned) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (decl));
7594 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
7598 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
7599 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
7600 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
7602 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
7605 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
7606 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
7609 add_bit_size_attribute (die, decl)
7610 register dw_die_ref die;
7613 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
7614 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL
7615 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
7617 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size,
7618 (unsigned) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (decl)));
7621 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
7622 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
7625 add_prototyped_attribute (die, func_type)
7626 register dw_die_ref die;
7627 register tree func_type;
7629 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
7630 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
7631 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
7635 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
7636 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
7640 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die, origin)
7641 register dw_die_ref die;
7642 register tree origin;
7644 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
7645 if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (origin)) == 'd')
7646 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
7647 else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (origin)) == 't')
7648 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
7650 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
7653 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
7656 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die, func_decl)
7657 register dw_die_ref die;
7658 register tree func_decl;
7660 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
7662 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
7663 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
7664 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
7665 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl)),
7668 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
7669 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
7670 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
7671 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
7675 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
7678 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
7679 register dw_die_ref die;
7682 register unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
7684 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
7685 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
7688 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
7689 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
7692 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
7693 register dw_die_ref die;
7696 register tree decl_name;
7698 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
7699 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
7701 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
7702 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
7703 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
7704 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
7705 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
7706 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
7710 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
7713 push_decl_scope (scope)
7716 tree containing_scope;
7719 /* Make room in the decl_scope_table, if necessary. */
7720 if (decl_scope_table_allocated == decl_scope_depth)
7722 decl_scope_table_allocated += DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7724 = (decl_scope_node *) xrealloc (decl_scope_table,
7725 (decl_scope_table_allocated
7726 * sizeof (decl_scope_node)));
7729 decl_scope_table[decl_scope_depth].scope = scope;
7731 /* Sometimes, while recursively emitting subtypes within a class type,
7732 we end up recuring on a subtype at a higher level then the current
7733 subtype. In such a case, we need to search the decl_scope_table to
7734 find the parent of this subtype. */
7736 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (scope))
7737 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (scope);
7739 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
7741 /* The normal case. */
7742 if (decl_scope_depth == 0
7743 || containing_scope == NULL_TREE
7744 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
7745 || TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL
7746 || containing_scope == decl_scope_table[decl_scope_depth - 1].scope)
7747 decl_scope_table[decl_scope_depth].previous = decl_scope_depth - 1;
7750 /* We need to search for the containing_scope. */
7751 for (i = 0; i < decl_scope_depth; i++)
7752 if (decl_scope_table[i].scope == containing_scope)
7755 if (i == decl_scope_depth)
7758 decl_scope_table[decl_scope_depth].previous = i;
7764 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this declaration. */
7767 scope_die_for (t, context_die)
7769 register dw_die_ref context_die;
7771 register dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
7772 register tree containing_scope;
7775 /* Walk back up the declaration tree looking for a place to define
7777 if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (t)) == 't')
7778 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
7779 else if (TREE_CODE (t) == FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_VINDEX (t))
7780 containing_scope = decl_class_context (t);
7782 containing_scope = DECL_CONTEXT (t);
7784 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
7785 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
7786 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
7788 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
7789 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
7790 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
7791 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
7792 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
7794 /* Function-local tags and functions get stuck in limbo until they are
7795 fixed up by decls_for_scope. */
7796 if (context_die == NULL && containing_scope != NULL_TREE
7797 && (TREE_CODE (t) == FUNCTION_DECL || is_tagged_type (t)))
7800 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
7801 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
7804 for (i = decl_scope_depth - 1, scope_die = context_die;
7805 i >= 0 && decl_scope_table[i].scope != containing_scope;
7806 (scope_die = scope_die->die_parent,
7807 i = decl_scope_table[i].previous))
7810 /* ??? Integrate_decl_tree does not handle BLOCK_TYPE_TAGS, nor
7811 does it try to handle types defined by TYPE_DECLs. Such types
7812 thus have an incorrect TYPE_CONTEXT, which points to the block
7813 they were originally defined in, instead of the current block
7814 created by function inlining. We try to detect that here and
7817 if (i < 0 && scope_die == comp_unit_die
7818 && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == BLOCK
7819 && is_tagged_type (t)
7820 && (block_ultimate_origin (decl_scope_table[decl_scope_depth - 1].scope)
7821 == containing_scope))
7823 scope_die = context_die;
7824 /* Since the checks below are no longer applicable. */
7830 if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (containing_scope)) != 't')
7832 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
7833 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope))
7836 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
7837 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
7844 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
7848 if (decl_scope_depth <= 0)
7853 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
7854 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
7855 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
7858 add_type_attribute (object_die, type, decl_const, decl_volatile, context_die)
7859 register dw_die_ref object_die;
7861 register int decl_const;
7862 register int decl_volatile;
7863 register dw_die_ref context_die;
7865 register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
7866 register dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
7868 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
7869 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
7870 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
7871 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
7872 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
7873 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
7874 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
7876 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
7879 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
7880 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
7881 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
7882 if (code == VOID_TYPE)
7885 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
7886 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
7887 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
7889 if (type_die != NULL)
7890 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
7893 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
7894 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
7895 was declared without a tag. */
7901 register char *name = 0;
7903 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
7905 register tree t = 0;
7907 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
7908 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
7909 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
7911 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
7912 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
7914 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
7915 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
7916 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
7918 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
7920 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
7923 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
7926 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
7927 for bit field types. */
7930 member_declared_type (member)
7931 register tree member;
7933 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
7934 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
7935 : TREE_TYPE (member));
7938 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
7939 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
7943 decl_start_label (decl)
7948 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
7949 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
7953 if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
7956 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
7961 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
7962 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
7963 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
7966 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die)
7968 register dw_die_ref context_die;
7970 register dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
7971 register dw_die_ref array_die;
7972 register tree element_type;
7974 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
7975 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
7976 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
7977 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7978 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
7981 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die);
7984 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
7985 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
7986 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
7987 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
7988 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
7989 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
7990 for multidimensional arrays. */
7991 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
7994 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7995 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
7996 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
7997 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
7998 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
8001 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
8003 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
8005 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
8006 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8008 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
8009 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
8010 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
8011 add_subscript_info. */
8012 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8013 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
8014 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
8016 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
8019 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
8023 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die)
8025 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8027 register dw_die_ref type_die
8028 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
8030 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
8031 add_type_attribute (type_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
8036 gen_entry_point_die (decl, context_die)
8038 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8040 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
8041 register dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die);
8043 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
8046 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
8047 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
8051 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
8052 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
8054 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
8058 /* Remember a type in the pending_types_list. */
8064 if (pending_types == pending_types_allocated)
8066 pending_types_allocated += PENDING_TYPES_INCREMENT;
8068 = (tree *) xrealloc (pending_types_list,
8069 sizeof (tree) * pending_types_allocated);
8072 pending_types_list[pending_types++] = type;
8075 /* Output any pending types (from the pending_types list) which we can output
8076 now (taking into account the scope that we are working on now).
8078 For each type output, remove the given type from the pending_types_list
8079 *before* we try to output it. */
8082 output_pending_types_for_scope (context_die)
8083 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8087 while (pending_types)
8090 type = pending_types_list[pending_types];
8091 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8092 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
8097 /* Remember a type in the incomplete_types_list. */
8100 add_incomplete_type (type)
8103 if (incomplete_types == incomplete_types_allocated)
8105 incomplete_types_allocated += INCOMPLETE_TYPES_INCREMENT;
8106 incomplete_types_list
8107 = (tree *) xrealloc (incomplete_types_list,
8108 sizeof (tree) * incomplete_types_allocated);
8111 incomplete_types_list[incomplete_types++] = type;
8114 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
8115 emit full debugging info for them. */
8118 retry_incomplete_types ()
8122 while (incomplete_types)
8125 type = incomplete_types_list[incomplete_types];
8126 gen_type_die (type, comp_unit_die);
8130 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
8133 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
8135 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8137 register dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
8138 scope_die_for (type, context_die));
8140 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
8142 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
8145 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
8148 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die)
8150 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8152 register dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type,
8153 scope_die_for (type, context_die));
8155 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
8157 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
8160 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
8163 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die)
8165 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8167 register dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type,
8168 scope_die_for (type, context_die));
8170 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
8172 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
8175 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
8176 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
8177 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
8181 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
8183 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8185 register dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8187 if (type_die == NULL)
8189 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
8190 scope_die_for (type, context_die));
8191 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
8192 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
8194 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
8197 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
8199 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
8200 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
8201 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
8202 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
8206 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
8207 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
8208 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
8209 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
8211 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
8212 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
8213 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
8214 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
8216 for (link = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
8217 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
8219 register dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die);
8221 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
8222 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
8223 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
8224 (unsigned) TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (link)));
8228 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
8232 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
8233 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
8236 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
8237 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
8238 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
8239 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
8240 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
8241 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
8242 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
8243 argument type of some subprogram type. */
8246 gen_formal_parameter_die (node, context_die)
8248 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8250 register dw_die_ref parm_die
8251 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die);
8252 register tree origin;
8254 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
8257 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
8259 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
8262 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
8263 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
8264 TREE_READONLY (node),
8265 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
8267 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
8268 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8271 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
8272 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
8273 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node);
8278 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
8279 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
8289 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
8290 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
8293 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type, context_die)
8294 register tree decl_or_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8295 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8297 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die);
8300 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
8301 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
8302 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
8303 those which appear as part of a function *definition*).
8305 Note we must be careful here to output all of the parameter DIEs before*
8306 we output any DIEs needed to represent the types of the formal parameters.
8307 This keeps svr4 SDB happy because it (incorrectly) thinks that the first
8308 non-parameter DIE it sees ends the formal parameter list. */
8311 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type, context_die)
8312 register tree function_or_method_type;
8313 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8316 register tree formal_type = NULL;
8317 register tree first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
8320 /* In the case where we are generating a formal types list for a C++
8321 non-static member function type, skip over the first thing on the
8322 TYPE_ARG_TYPES list because it only represents the type of the hidden
8323 `this pointer'. The debugger should be able to figure out (without
8324 being explicitly told) that this non-static member function type takes a
8325 `this pointer' and should be able to figure what the type of that hidden
8326 parameter is from the DW_AT_member attribute of the parent
8327 DW_TAG_subroutine_type DIE. */
8328 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE)
8329 first_parm_type = TREE_CHAIN (first_parm_type);
8332 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
8333 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
8334 for (link = first_parm_type; link; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
8336 register dw_die_ref parm_die;
8338 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
8339 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
8342 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
8343 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
8344 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
8345 && link == first_parm_type)
8346 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8349 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
8350 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
8351 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
8352 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
8354 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
8355 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
8356 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
8358 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
8360 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
8361 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
8364 gen_type_die (formal_type, context_die);
8368 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
8372 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die)
8374 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8376 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8377 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
8378 register dw_die_ref subr_die;
8379 register rtx fp_reg;
8380 register tree fn_arg_types;
8381 register tree outer_scope;
8382 register dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
8383 register int declaration
8384 = (current_function_decl != decl
8386 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
8387 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)));
8391 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
8392 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
8394 else if (old_die && DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
8395 && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
8397 /* This must be a redefinition of an extern inline function.
8398 We can just reuse the old die here. */
8401 /* Clear out the inlined attribute and parm types. */
8402 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_inline);
8403 remove_children (subr_die);
8407 register unsigned file_index
8408 = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
8410 if (get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) != 1)
8412 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
8413 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
8414 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
8415 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
8416 we got here because of a input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
8422 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
8423 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
8424 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
8425 debugger can find it. For inlines, that is the concrete instance,
8426 so we can use the old DIE here. For non-inline methods, we want a
8427 specification DIE at toplevel, so we need a new DIE. For local
8428 class methods, this does not apply. */
8429 if ((DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die
8430 || context_die == NULL)
8431 && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
8432 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
8433 == (unsigned)DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl)))
8437 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
8438 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
8439 remove_children (subr_die);
8443 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
8444 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
8445 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
8446 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
8447 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
8448 != (unsigned)DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
8450 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
8455 register dw_die_ref scope_die;
8457 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
8458 scope_die = scope_die_for (decl, context_die);
8460 /* Don't put block extern declarations under comp_unit_die. */
8461 scope_die = context_die;
8463 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, scope_die);
8465 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
8466 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
8468 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
8469 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
8471 register tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8473 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
8474 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
8477 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
8478 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
8479 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8480 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
8481 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
8482 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
8483 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
8488 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
8490 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
8491 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
8492 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
8493 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
8494 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
8495 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
8497 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
8499 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static inline functions,
8500 but not for extern inline functions. We can't get this completely
8501 correct because information about whether the function was declared
8502 inline is not saved anywhere. */
8503 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl))
8505 if (DECL_INLINE (decl))
8506 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
8508 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline,
8509 DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
8511 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl))
8512 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
8516 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
8518 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
8520 if (origin == NULL_TREE)
8521 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
8523 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
8524 current_funcdef_number);
8525 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
8526 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
8527 current_funcdef_number);
8528 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
8530 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
8531 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
8533 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8534 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
8535 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
8538 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
8539 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
8540 variables is relative to one of them. */
8542 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
8543 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
8546 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
8547 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
8548 if (current_function_needs_context)
8549 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
8550 lookup_static_chain (decl));
8554 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
8555 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
8556 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
8557 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
8558 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
8559 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
8560 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
8561 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
8562 an ellipsis at the end. */
8563 push_decl_scope (decl);
8565 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
8566 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
8567 its formal parameters. */
8568 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
8570 else if (declaration)
8571 gen_formal_types_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), subr_die);
8574 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
8575 register tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
8578 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
8579 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
8580 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
8581 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
8583 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
8584 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
8585 "__builtin_va_alist"))
8586 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
8588 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
8591 /* Decide whether we need a unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
8592 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
8593 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
8594 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
8595 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
8596 parameters at all. */
8597 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
8598 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
8600 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
8601 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
8602 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
8604 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
8605 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
8608 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
8609 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
8610 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
8612 /* Note that here, `outer_scope' is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK
8613 node created to represent a function. This outermost BLOCK actually
8614 represents the outermost binding contour for the function, i.e. the
8615 contour in which the function's formal parameters and labels get
8616 declared. Curiously, it appears that the front end doesn't actually
8617 put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto the BLOCK_VARS
8618 list for this outer scope. (They are strung off of the DECL_ARGUMENTS
8619 list for the function instead.) The BLOCK_VARS list for the
8620 `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of the LABEL_DECL nodes for
8621 the function however, and we output DWARF info for those in
8622 decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be a BLOCK
8623 node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces, and
8624 any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
8625 constructor function. */
8626 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
8628 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
8629 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
8631 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
8632 if (current_function_has_inlines)
8634 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
8635 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
8637 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
8638 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
8647 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
8650 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die)
8652 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8654 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
8655 register dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die);
8657 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
8659 = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
8660 || current_function_decl != decl_function_context (decl)
8661 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
8662 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type);
8665 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
8666 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
8667 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag. */
8668 /* ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
8669 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
8671 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
8672 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
8674 /* ??? This is an instantiation of a C++ class level static. */
8675 add_AT_die_ref (var_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
8676 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
8678 register unsigned file_index
8679 = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
8681 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
8682 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
8684 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
8685 != (unsigned)DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
8687 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line,
8688 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
8693 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
8694 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl),
8695 TREE_READONLY (decl),
8696 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
8698 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
8699 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
8701 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
8702 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8704 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
8705 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
8707 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
8708 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
8712 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
8714 if ((declaration && decl_class_context (decl)) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
8715 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
8717 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
8719 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
8720 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
8721 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
8725 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
8728 gen_label_die (decl, context_die)
8730 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8732 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
8733 register dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die);
8735 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8736 char label2[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8739 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
8741 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
8743 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
8744 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
8747 insn = DECL_RTL (decl);
8749 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
8750 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
8751 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
8752 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL
8753 || ((GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
8754 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL)))
8756 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
8757 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
8758 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
8759 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
8760 it if it ever does happen. */
8761 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
8764 sprintf (label2, INSN_LABEL_FMT, current_funcdef_number);
8765 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, label2,
8766 (unsigned) INSN_UID (insn));
8767 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
8772 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
8775 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
8777 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8780 register dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die);
8781 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8783 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
8785 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
8787 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
8788 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL, next_block_number);
8789 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
8792 push_decl_scope (stmt);
8793 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
8797 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
8800 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
8802 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8805 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
8807 register dw_die_ref subr_die
8808 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die);
8809 register tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
8810 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8812 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
8813 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
8815 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
8816 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL, next_block_number);
8817 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
8818 push_decl_scope (decl);
8819 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
8821 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
8825 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
8828 gen_field_die (decl, context_die)
8830 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8832 register dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die);
8834 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
8835 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
8836 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
8839 /* If this is a bit field... */
8840 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
8842 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
8843 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
8844 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
8847 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
8848 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
8850 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
8851 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8853 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
8854 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
8856 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
8857 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
8861 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
8862 Use modified_type_die instead.
8863 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
8864 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
8866 gen_pointer_type_die (type, context_die)
8868 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8870 register dw_die_ref ptr_die
8871 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
8873 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
8874 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
8875 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
8878 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
8879 Use modified_type_die instead.
8880 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
8881 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
8883 gen_reference_type_die (type, context_die)
8885 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8887 register dw_die_ref ref_die
8888 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
8890 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
8891 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
8892 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
8896 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
8898 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die)
8900 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8902 register dw_die_ref ptr_die
8903 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
8905 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
8906 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
8907 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
8908 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
8911 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
8914 gen_compile_unit_die (main_input_filename)
8915 register char *main_input_filename;
8918 char *wd = getpwd ();
8920 comp_unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL);
8921 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, main_input_filename);
8924 add_AT_string (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
8926 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
8928 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8929 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
8930 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
8931 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
8932 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
8933 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
8934 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
8935 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
8936 strcat (producer, " -g");
8939 add_AT_string (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
8941 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
8942 add_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language, DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
8944 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
8945 add_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language, DW_LANG_Ada83);
8947 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
8948 add_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language, DW_LANG_Fortran77);
8950 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
8951 add_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language, DW_LANG_Pascal83);
8953 else if (flag_traditional)
8954 add_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language, DW_LANG_C);
8957 add_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language, DW_LANG_C89);
8959 #if 0 /* unimplemented */
8960 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
8961 add_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, 0);
8965 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
8968 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die)
8970 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8972 register dw_die_ref type_die
8973 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
8975 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
8977 /* Fudge the string length attribute for now. */
8979 /* TODO: add string length info.
8980 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
8981 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u'); */
8984 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
8987 gen_inheritance_die (binfo, context_die)
8988 register tree binfo;
8989 register dw_die_ref context_die;
8991 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die);
8993 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
8994 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
8996 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo))
8997 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
8998 if (TREE_VIA_PUBLIC (binfo))
8999 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
9000 else if (TREE_VIA_PROTECTED (binfo))
9001 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
9004 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
9007 gen_member_die (type, context_die)
9009 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9011 register tree member;
9013 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
9014 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
9015 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
9016 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
9017 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
9018 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type execpt
9019 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
9020 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
9021 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other
9022 (containing) type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type
9023 to point to the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing)
9026 /* First output info about the base classes. */
9027 if (TYPE_BINFO (type) && TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type))
9029 register tree bases = TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type);
9030 register int n_bases = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases);
9033 for (i = 0; i < n_bases; i++)
9034 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases, i), context_die);
9037 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
9038 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
9039 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
9041 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
9042 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
9043 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
9046 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. */
9049 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die)
9051 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9053 register dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
9054 register dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
9055 register int nested = 0;
9057 if (type_die && ! TYPE_SIZE (type))
9060 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
9061 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
9064 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
9066 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
9067 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
9069 register dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
9071 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
9072 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
9074 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
9075 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
9077 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
9080 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
9082 /* If we're not in the right context to be defining this type, defer to
9083 avoid tricky recursion. */
9084 if (TYPE_SIZE (type) && decl_scope_depth > 0 && scope_die == comp_unit_die)
9086 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9089 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
9090 then give a list of members. */
9091 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
9093 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
9094 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
9095 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
9096 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
9097 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
9098 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
9100 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
9101 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
9102 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
9103 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
9105 push_decl_scope (type);
9106 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
9109 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
9110 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
9112 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
9114 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
9115 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
9116 lookup_type_die (vtype));
9121 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9123 /* We can't do this for function-local types, and we don't need to. */
9124 if (TREE_PERMANENT (type))
9125 add_incomplete_type (type);
9129 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
9132 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die)
9134 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9136 register tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
9137 register dw_die_ref subr_die
9138 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
9140 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
9141 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
9142 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
9143 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
9146 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
9149 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die)
9151 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9153 register dw_die_ref type_die;
9154 register tree origin;
9156 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
9158 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
9160 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, scope_die_for (decl, context_die));
9161 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9163 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
9167 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
9168 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
9170 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
9171 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
9174 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9175 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
9176 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
9179 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9180 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
9183 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
9186 gen_type_die (type, context_die)
9188 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9190 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
9193 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
9194 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so get the
9195 main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type now. */
9196 type = type_main_variant (type);
9198 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
9201 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
9202 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
9204 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
9205 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
9209 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
9215 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
9216 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
9217 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
9218 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
9219 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
9221 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
9223 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
9224 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
9225 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9229 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
9230 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
9231 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
9233 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
9234 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9236 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
9238 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
9242 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type), context_die);
9243 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die);
9247 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9248 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
9252 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
9253 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9254 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
9258 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
9259 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9260 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
9264 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
9266 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9267 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
9270 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
9276 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
9277 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been
9278 written out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. */
9279 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
9280 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
9281 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
9283 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
9285 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
9288 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
9289 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
9290 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
9293 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
9294 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
9296 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
9298 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
9299 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
9300 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
9303 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
9304 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
9305 when appropriate. */
9314 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
9318 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
9325 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
9328 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
9331 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type, context_die)
9333 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9335 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
9338 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
9339 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
9340 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
9342 if (type != type_main_variant (type)
9343 || !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
9346 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
9352 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
9356 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
9360 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
9361 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
9369 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
9370 things which are local to the given block. */
9373 gen_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
9375 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9378 register int must_output_die = 0;
9379 register tree origin;
9381 register enum tree_code origin_code;
9383 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
9385 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || !TREE_USED (stmt))
9388 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
9389 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
9390 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
9391 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
9392 the current block. */
9393 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
9394 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
9396 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
9398 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
9399 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
9400 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
9401 must_output_die = 1;
9404 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
9405 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
9406 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the
9407 whole inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function
9408 doesn't really represent a different scope according to ANSI C
9409 rules. So we check here to make sure that this block does not
9410 represent a "body block inlining" before trying to set the
9411 `must_output_die' flag. */
9412 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
9414 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
9415 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
9416 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9417 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
9418 as being a "significant" one. */
9419 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL);
9421 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
9422 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
9423 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
9424 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
9425 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
9426 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
9428 must_output_die = 1;
9434 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
9435 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
9436 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
9437 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
9438 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
9439 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
9440 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
9441 if (must_output_die)
9443 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
9444 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
9446 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
9449 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
9452 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
9453 all of its sub-blocks. */
9456 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth)
9458 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9462 register tree subblocks;
9464 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
9465 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || ! TREE_USED (stmt))
9468 if (!BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && depth > 0)
9469 next_block_number++;
9471 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
9472 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
9473 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
9474 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
9475 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
9476 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
9478 register dw_die_ref die;
9480 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
9481 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
9482 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
9483 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
9487 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
9488 add_child_die (context_die, die);
9490 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
9493 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
9494 therein) of this block. */
9495 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
9497 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
9498 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
9501 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
9504 is_redundant_typedef (decl)
9507 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
9510 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
9511 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
9512 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
9513 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
9514 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
9515 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
9521 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
9524 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die)
9526 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9528 register tree origin;
9530 /* Make a note of the decl node we are going to be working on. We may need
9531 to give the user the source coordinates of where it appeared in case we
9532 notice (later on) that something about it looks screwy. */
9533 dwarf_last_decl = decl;
9535 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9538 /* If this ..._DECL node is marked to be ignored, then ignore it. But don't
9539 ignore a function definition, since that would screw up our count of
9540 blocks, and that in turn will completely screw up the labels we will
9541 reference in subsequent DW_AT_low_pc and DW_AT_high_pc attributes (for
9542 subsequent blocks). */
9543 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl) && TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
9546 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
9549 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
9550 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
9554 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
9555 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
9556 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
9557 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || ! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
9560 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9562 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
9563 have described its return type. */
9564 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
9566 /* And its containing type. */
9567 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
9568 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
9569 gen_type_die (origin, context_die);
9571 /* And its virtual context. */
9572 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
9573 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
9576 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
9577 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
9581 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
9583 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9586 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the
9587 declaration of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as
9588 having been instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node
9589 (e.g. one which was generated within the original definition of an
9590 inline function) we have to generate a special (abbreviated)
9591 DW_TAG_structure_type, DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type
9593 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE)
9595 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
9599 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
9600 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
9602 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
9603 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
9607 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
9608 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
9612 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
9613 variable declarations or definitions. */
9614 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9617 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
9619 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
9621 /* And its containing type. */
9622 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
9623 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
9624 gen_type_die (origin, context_die);
9626 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
9627 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
9628 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
9630 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9631 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
9632 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
9634 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
9638 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits, but
9639 handle C++ anonymous unions. */
9640 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
9641 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE)
9643 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
9644 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
9649 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
9650 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
9658 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
9661 dwarf2out_decl (decl)
9664 register dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
9666 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9669 /* If this ..._DECL node is marked to be ignored, then ignore it. We gotta
9670 hope that the node in question doesn't represent a function definition.
9671 If it does, then totally ignoring it is bound to screw up our count of
9672 blocks, and that in turn will completely screw up the labels we will
9673 reference in subsequent DW_AT_low_pc and DW_AT_high_pc attributes (for
9674 subsequent blocks). (It's too bad that BLOCK nodes don't carry their
9675 own sequence numbers with them!) */
9676 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
9678 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
9679 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL)
9685 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
9688 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
9689 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
9690 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
9691 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl))
9694 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
9695 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
9696 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
9697 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
9698 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
9699 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
9700 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
9701 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
9702 it wil have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
9703 with the definition of the function. Note that we can't just check
9704 `DECL_EXTERNAL' to find out which FUNCTION_DECL nodes represent
9705 definitions and which ones represent mere declarations. We have to
9706 check `DECL_INITIAL' instead. That's because the C front-end
9707 supports some weird semantics for "extern inline" function
9708 definitions. These can get inlined within the current translation
9709 unit (an thus, we need to generate DWARF info for their abstract
9710 instances so that the DWARF info for the concrete inlined instances
9711 can have something to refer to) but the compiler never generates any
9712 out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact that they
9713 *are* definitions). The important point is that the C front-end
9714 marks these "extern inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need
9715 to generate DWARF for them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also
9716 plays some similar games for inline function definitions appearing
9717 within include files which also contain
9718 `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
9719 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
9722 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
9723 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
9724 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
9725 if (decl_function_context (decl))
9731 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
9732 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
9733 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
9734 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
9735 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
9736 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
9737 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
9738 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
9739 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
9742 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
9743 variable declarations or definitions. */
9744 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9749 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
9750 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
9751 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl) == 0)
9753 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
9754 comparisons have. */
9755 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
9756 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
9757 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE)
9758 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
9763 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
9764 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9767 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
9768 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
9769 if (decl_function_context (decl))
9778 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
9779 output_pending_types_for_scope (comp_unit_die);
9782 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
9786 dwarf2out_begin_block (blocknum)
9787 register unsigned blocknum;
9789 function_section (current_function_decl);
9790 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
9793 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
9797 dwarf2out_end_block (blocknum)
9798 register unsigned blocknum;
9800 function_section (current_function_decl);
9801 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
9804 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) at a point in the assembly code which
9805 corresponds to a given source level label. */
9808 dwarf2out_label (insn)
9811 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9813 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
9815 function_section (current_function_decl);
9816 sprintf (label, INSN_LABEL_FMT, current_funcdef_number);
9817 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, label,
9818 (unsigned) INSN_UID (insn));
9822 /* Lookup a filename (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
9823 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
9824 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename.
9825 We need such numbers for the sake of generating labels
9826 (in the .debug_sfnames section) and references to those
9827 files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo and.debug_macinfo sections).
9828 If the filename given as an argument is not found in our current list,
9829 add it to the list and assign it the next available unique index number.
9830 In order to speed up searches, we remember the index of the filename
9831 was looked up last. This handles the majority of all searches. */
9834 lookup_filename (file_name)
9835 const char *file_name;
9837 static unsigned last_file_lookup_index = 0;
9838 register unsigned i;
9840 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous call
9841 matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
9842 if (last_file_lookup_index != 0)
9843 if (strcmp (file_name, file_table[last_file_lookup_index]) == 0)
9844 return last_file_lookup_index;
9846 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
9847 for (i = 1; i < file_table_in_use; ++i)
9848 if (strcmp (file_name, file_table[i]) == 0)
9850 last_file_lookup_index = i;
9854 /* Prepare to add a new table entry by making sure there is enough space in
9855 the table to do so. If not, expand the current table. */
9856 if (file_table_in_use == file_table_allocated)
9858 file_table_allocated += FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9860 = (char **) xrealloc (file_table,
9861 file_table_allocated * sizeof (char *));
9864 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
9865 file_table[file_table_in_use] = xstrdup (file_name);
9866 last_file_lookup_index = file_table_in_use++;
9868 return last_file_lookup_index;
9871 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
9872 and record information relating to this source line, in
9873 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
9876 dwarf2out_line (filename, line)
9877 register const char *filename;
9878 register unsigned line;
9880 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
9882 function_section (current_function_decl);
9884 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
9886 static const char *lastfile;
9888 /* Emit the .file and .loc directives understood by GNU as. */
9889 if (lastfile == 0 || strcmp (filename, lastfile))
9891 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file 0 \"%s\"\n", filename);
9892 lastfile = filename;
9895 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc 0 %d 0\n", line);
9897 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
9898 ++line_info_table_in_use;
9900 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
9901 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
9902 ++separate_line_info_table_in_use;
9904 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
9906 register dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
9907 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
9908 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
9910 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s line %d", ASM_COMMENT_START, line);
9911 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
9913 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
9914 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
9915 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
9917 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9918 separate_line_info_table
9919 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref)
9920 xrealloc (separate_line_info_table,
9921 separate_line_info_table_allocated
9922 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
9925 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
9927 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
9928 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
9929 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
9930 line_info->function = current_funcdef_number;
9934 register dw_line_info_ref line_info;
9936 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
9937 line_info_table_in_use);
9939 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s line %d", ASM_COMMENT_START, line);
9940 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
9942 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
9943 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
9945 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9947 = (dw_line_info_ref)
9948 xrealloc (line_info_table,
9949 (line_info_table_allocated
9950 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
9953 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
9954 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
9955 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
9956 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
9961 /* Record the beginning of a new source file, for later output
9962 of the .debug_macinfo section. At present, unimplemented. */
9965 dwarf2out_start_source_file (filename)
9966 register const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
9970 /* Record the end of a source file, for later output
9971 of the .debug_macinfo section. At present, unimplemented. */
9974 dwarf2out_end_source_file ()
9978 /* Called from check_newline in c-parse.y. The `buffer' parameter contains
9979 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
9980 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
9983 dwarf2out_define (lineno, buffer)
9984 register unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
9985 register const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
9987 static int initialized = 0;
9990 dwarf2out_start_source_file (primary_filename);
9995 /* Called from check_newline in c-parse.y. The `buffer' parameter contains
9996 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
9997 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
10000 dwarf2out_undef (lineno, buffer)
10001 register unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
10002 register const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
10006 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
10009 dwarf2out_init (asm_out_file, main_input_filename)
10010 register FILE *asm_out_file;
10011 register char *main_input_filename;
10013 /* Remember the name of the primary input file. */
10014 primary_filename = main_input_filename;
10016 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
10017 file_table = (char **) xcalloc (FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (char *));
10018 file_table_allocated = FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10020 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
10021 file_table_in_use = 1;
10023 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
10025 = (dw_die_ref *) xcalloc (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10026 decl_die_table_allocated = DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10027 decl_die_table_in_use = 0;
10029 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
10031 = (decl_scope_node *) xcalloc (DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT,
10032 sizeof (decl_scope_node));
10033 decl_scope_table_allocated = DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10034 decl_scope_depth = 0;
10036 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
10038 = (dw_die_ref *) xcalloc (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT,
10039 sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10040 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10041 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
10042 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
10044 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
10046 = (dw_line_info_ref) xcalloc (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT,
10047 sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
10048 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10049 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
10050 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
10052 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
10053 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
10054 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
10055 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
10056 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. */
10057 gen_compile_unit_die (main_input_filename);
10059 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
10060 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label, ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
10061 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
10062 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
10064 strcpy (text_section_label, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION));
10065 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
10066 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
10067 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
10068 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
10070 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, ABBREV_SECTION);
10071 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
10072 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, TEXT_SECTION);
10073 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
10074 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
10075 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_INFO_SECTION);
10076 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
10077 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_LINE_SECTION);
10078 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
10081 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
10082 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
10085 dwarf2out_finish ()
10087 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
10091 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
10092 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
10093 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
10094 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
10096 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
10098 next_node = node->next;
10101 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
10103 a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
10105 add_child_die (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref->die_parent, die);
10106 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
10114 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10115 emit full debugging info for them. */
10116 retry_incomplete_types ();
10118 /* Traverse the DIE tree and add sibling attributes to those DIE's
10119 that have children. */
10120 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
10122 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
10123 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
10124 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, TEXT_SECTION);
10125 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
10128 /* Output a terminator label for the .data section. */
10129 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
10130 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DATA_SECTION);
10131 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, DATA_END_LABEL, 0);
10133 /* Output a terminator label for the .bss section. */
10134 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
10135 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, BSS_SECTION);
10136 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, BSS_END_LABEL, 0);
10139 /* Output the source line correspondence table. */
10140 if (line_info_table_in_use > 1 || separate_line_info_table_in_use)
10142 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
10144 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
10145 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_LINE_SECTION);
10146 output_line_info ();
10149 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code
10151 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
10153 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
10154 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
10157 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
10158 debug_line_section_label);
10161 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
10162 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
10163 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, ABBREV_SECTION);
10164 build_abbrev_table (comp_unit_die);
10165 output_abbrev_section ();
10167 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10168 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10169 calc_die_sizes (comp_unit_die);
10171 /* Output debugging information. */
10172 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
10173 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_INFO_SECTION);
10174 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10175 output_die (comp_unit_die);
10177 if (pubname_table_in_use)
10179 /* Output public names table. */
10180 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
10181 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, PUBNAMES_SECTION);
10182 output_pubnames ();
10185 if (fde_table_in_use)
10187 /* Output the address range information. */
10188 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
10189 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, ARANGES_SECTION);
10193 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */